Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
2TQLGEV)WKFG
MAN B&W S80ME-C8-TII
Project Guide
Electronically Controlled
Twostroke Engines
This Project Guide is intended to provide the information necessary for the layout of a marine
propulsion plant.
The information is to be considered as preliminary. It is intended for the project stage only and
subject to modification in the interest of technical progress. The Project Guide provides the gen-
eral technical data available at the date of issue.
It should be noted that all figures, values, measurements or information about performance
stated in this project guide are for guidance only and should not be used for detailed design
purposes or as a substitute for specific drawings and instructions prepared for such purposes.
Data updates
Data not finally calculated at the time of issue is marked ‘Available on request’. Such data may
be made available at a later date, however, for a specific project the data can be requested.
Pages and table entries marked ‘Not applicable’ represent an option, function or selection which
is not valid.
The latest, most current version of the individual Project Guide sections are available on the
Internet at: www.mandieselturbo.com under Quicklinks: ‘Marine Engines & Systems’ → ‘Low
Speed’.
Extent of Delivery
The final and binding design and outlines are to be supplied by our licensee, the engine maker,
see Chapter 20 of this Project Guide.
In order to facilitate negotiations between the yard, the engine maker and the customer, a set of
‘Extent of Delivery’ forms is available in which the basic and the optional executions are specified.
Electronic versions
This Project Guide book and the ‘Extent of Delivery’ forms are available on a DVD and can also
be found on the Internet at: www.mandieselturbo.com under Quicklinks: ‘Marine Engines & Sys-
tems’ → ‘Low Speed’, where they can be downloaded.
1st Edition
April 2010
Copyright 2010 © MAN Diesel & Turbo, branch of MAN Diesel & Turbo SE, Germany, registered with the Danish
Commerce and Companies Agency under CVR Nr.: 31611792, (herein referred to as “MAN Diesel & Turbo”).
This document is the product and property of MAN Diesel & Turbo and is protected by applicable copyright laws.
Subject to modification in the interest of technical progress. Reproduction permitted provided source is given.
7020-0126-00ppr Apr 2010
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Contents
Chapter Section
1 Engine Design
The ME Tier II Engine 1.01 1987469-4.0
Engine type designation 1.02 1983824-3.6
Power, speed, SFOC 1.03 1987379-5.0
Engine power range and fuel oil consumption 1.04 1984634-3.4
Performance curves 1.05 1985331-6.1
ME Engine description 1.06 1984613-9.5
Engine cross section Engine Layout and Load Diagrams, SFOC 1.07 1983831-4.2
4 Electricity Production
Electricity production 4.01 1984155-0.2
Designation of PTO 4.01 1984286-7.3
PTO/RCF 4.01 1984300-0.2
Space requirements for side mounted PTO/RCF 4.02 1984308-5.1
Engine preparations for PTO 4.03 1984315-6.2
PTO/BW GCR 4.04 1984758-9.0
Waste Heat Recovery Systems (WHR) 4.05 1985799-0.2
WHR output 4.05 1985809-9.2
L16/24 GenSet data 4.06 1984205-4.5
L21/31 GenSet data 4.07 1984206-6.5
L23/30H GenSet data 4.08 1984207-8.5
L27/38 GenSet data 4.09 1984209-1.5
L28/32H GenSet data 4.10 1984210-1.5
Chapter Section
5 Installation Aspects
Space requirements and overhaul heights 5.01 1984375-4.6
Space requirement 5.02 1987439-5.0
Crane beam for overhaul of turbochargers 5.03 1987489-7.0
Crane beam for turbochargers 5.03 1984848-8.2
Engine room crane 5.04 1984507-4.2
Overhaul with Double-Jib crane 5.04 1984534-8.4
Double-Jib crane 5.04 1984541-9.2
Engine outline, galleries and pipe connections 5.05 1984715-8.3
Engine and gallery outline 5.06 1987917-6.0
Centre of gravity 5.07 1985336-5.0
Water and oil in engine 5.08 1987650-2.0
Engine pipe connections 5.09 1986996-0.0
Counterflanges 5.10 1984761-2.0
Counterflanges, Connection D 5.10 1986670-0.2
Counterflanges, Connection E 5.10 1987027-3.0
Engine seating and holding down bolts 5.11 1984176-5.7
Epoxy chocks arrangement 5.12 1984182-4.1
Engine seating profile 5.12 1984196-8.2
Engine top bracing 5.13 1984672-5.8
Mechanical top bracing 5.14 1987767-7.0
Hydraulic top bracing arrangement 5.15 1984792-2.0
Components for Engine Control System 5.16 1984697-7.4
Shaftline earthing device 5.17 1984929-2.4
MAN Diesels Alpha Controllable Pitch (CP) propeller 5.18 1986157-3.1
7 Fuel
Pressurised fuel oil system 7.01 1984228-2.7
Fuel oil system 7.01 1987660-9.0
Fuel oils 7.02 1983880-4.5
Fuel oil pipes and drain pipes 7.03 1987646-7.0
Fuel oil pipe insulation 7.04 1984051-8.3
Components for fuel oil system 7.05 1983951-2.6
Components for fuel oil system, venting box 7.05 1984735-0.2
Water in fuel emulsification 7.06 1983882-8.3
Chapter Section
8 Lubricating Oil
Lubricating and cooling oil system 8.01 1984230-4.3
Hydraulic Power Supply unit 8.02 1984231-6.1
Lubricating oil pipes for turbochargers 8.03 1984232-8.3
Lubricating oil centrifuges and list of lubricating oils 8.04 1983886-5.6
Components for lube oil system 8.05 1984237-7.4
Lubricating oil outlet 8.05 1987034-4.0
Lubricating oil tank 8.06 1984250-7.1
Crankcase venting and bedplate drain pipes 8.07 1984260-3.1
Hydraulic oil back-flushing 8.08 1984829-7.3
Separate system for hydraulic control unit 8.09 1984852-3.2
Hydraulic control oil system 8.09 1987929-6.0
9 Cylinder Lubrication
Cylinder lubricating oil system 9.01 1984822-4.6
MAN B&W Alpha cylinder lubrication system 9.02 1983889-0.8
Cylinder oil pipe heating 9.02 1987612-0.0
MAN B&W Alpha cylinder lubrication system 9.02 1985520-9.1
12 Seawater Cooling
Seawater systems 12.01 1983892-4.4
Seawater cooling system 12.02 1983893-6.5
Seawater cooling pipes 12.03 1983977-6.2
Components for seawater cooling system 12.04 1983981-1.3
Jacket cooling water system 12.05 1983894-8.6
Jacket cooling water pipes 12.06 1983983-5.3
Components for jacket cooling water system 12.07 1984056-7.3
Deaerating tank 12.07 1984062-6.1
Temperature at start of engine 12.08 1983986-0.2
Chapter Section
14 Scavenge Air
Scavenge air system 14.01 1984004-1.4
Auxiliary blowers 14.02 1984009-0.2
Scavenge air pipes 14.03 1984013-6.2
Electric motor for auxiliary blower 14.04 1986212-4.0
Scavenge air cooler cleaning system 14.05 1984022-0.3
Scavenge air box drain system 14.06 1984031-5.3
Fire extinguishing system for scavenge air space 14.07 1984037-6.4
Fire extinguishing pipes in scavenge air space 14.07 1987681-3.0
15 Exhaust Gas
Exhaust gas system 15.01 1984047-2.5
Exhaust gas pipes 15.02 1984070-9.3
Cleaning systems, MAN Diesel 15.02 1984071-0.5
Cleaning systems, ABB and Mitsubishi 15.02 1984072-2.3
Exhaust gas system for main engine 15.03 1984074-6.3
Components of the exhaust gas system 15.04 1984075-8.7
Exhaust gas silencer 15.04 1984085-4.1
Calculation of exhaust gas back-pressure 15.05 1984094-9.3
Forces and moments at turbocharger 15.06 1984149-1.1
Diameter of exhaust gas pipe 15.07 1986496-3.0
17 Vibration Aspects
Vibration aspects 17.01 1984140-5.3
2nd order moments on 6-cylinder engines 17.02 1984219-8.4
Electrically driven moment compensator 17.03 1984222-1.5
Power Related Unbalance (PRU) 17.04 1985863-6.1
Guide force moments 17.05 1984223-3.4
Guide force moments, data 17.05 1984517-0.7
Axial vibrations 17.06 1984225-7.6
Critical running 17.06 1984226-9.2
External forces and moments in layout point 17.07 1987028-5.0
Chapter Section
19 Dispatch Pattern, Testing, Spares and Tools
Dispatch pattern, testing, spares and tools 19.01 1987620-3.0
Specification for painting of main engine 19.02 1984516-9.3
Dispatch Pattern 19.03 1987632-3.0
Dispatch pattern, list of masses and dimensions 19.04 1984763-6.0
Shop test 19.05 1984612-7.5
List of spare parts, unrestricted service 19.06 1986416-2.3
Additional spares 19.07 1984636-7.6
Wearing parts 19.08 1984637-9.3
Large spare parts, dimension and masses 19.09 1984659-5.2
List of standard tools for maintenance 19.10 1986451-9.0
Tool panels 19.11 1986645-0.0
A Appendix
Symbols for piping A 1983866-2.3
W
Waste Heat Recovery Systems (WHR) ......................4.05
Water and oil in engine ..............................................5.08
Water in fuel emulsification .......................................7.06
Water In Oil Monitoring system (WIO) .....................18.06
Water mist catcher, drain from ................................14.05
Water washing, turbocharger cleaning ....................15.02
Water, masses of .......................................................5.08
Wearing parts ..........................................................19.08
WHR output ..............................................................4.05
Wiring diagram, MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder
Lubrication ............................................................9.02
X
X-type guide force moment.....................................17.05
Engine Design
1
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 1.01
Page 1 of 3
The ever valid requirement of ship operators is The starting valves are opened pneumatically by
to obtain the lowest total operational costs, and electronically controlled ‘On/Off’ valves, which
especially the lowest possible specific fuel oil make it possible to dispense with the mechani-
consumption at any load, and under the prevailing cally activated starting air distributor.
operating conditions.
By electronic control of the above valves accord-
However, lowspeed twostroke main engines of ing to the measured instantaneous crankshaft po-
the MC type, with a chain driven camshaft, have sition, the Engine Control System fully controls the
limited flexibility with regard to fuel injection and combustion process.
exhaust valve activation, which are the two most
important factors in adjusting the engine to match System flexibility is obtained by means of different
the prevailing operating conditions. ‘Engine running modes’, which are selected either
automatically, depending on the operating condi-
A system with electronically controlled hydraulic tions, or manually by the operator to meet specific
activation provides the required flexibility, and goals. The basic running mode is ‘Fuel economy
such systems form the core of the ME ‘Engine mode’ to comply with IMO NOx emission limita-
Control System’, described later in detail in Chap- tion.
ter 16.
The ME engine concept consists of a hydraulic- The ME-C engine is the shorter, more compact
mechanical system for activation of the fuel injec- version of the MC engine. It is well suited wherev-
tion and the exhaust valves. The actuators are er a small engine room is requested, for instance
electronically controlled by a number of control in container vessels.
units forming the complete Engine Control Sys-
tem. The ME-GI is a dual fuel engine burning natural
gas, otherwise sharing the same compact design
MAN Diesel has specifically developed both the as the ME-C engine. It is designed for the highly
hardware and the software inhouse, in order to specialised LNG carrier market.
obtain an integrated solution for the Engine Con-
trol System. For MAN B&W ME/ME-C/ME-GI-TII designated
engines, the design and performance parameters
The fuel pressure booster consists of a simple have been upgraded and optimised to comply
plunger powered by a hydraulic piston activated with the International Maritime Organisation (IMO)
by oil pressure. The oil pressure is controlled by Tier II emission regulations.
an electronically controlled proportional valve.
The potential derating and part load SFOC figures
The exhaust valve is opened hydraulically by for the Tier II engines have also been updated.
means of a twostage exhaust valve actuator
activated by the control oil from an electronically For engines built to comply with IMO Tier I emis-
controlled proportional valve. The exhaust valves sion regulations, please refer to the Marine Engine
are closed by the ‘air spring’. IMO Tier I Project Guide.
• Simplicity of mechanical system with well- • Engine driven starting air distributor
proven simple fuel injection technology familiar
to any crew • Electronic governor with actuator
It is a natural consequence of the above that more • Electronically controlled starting air valves
features and operating modes are feasible with
our fully integrated control system and, as such, • Electronically controlled auxiliary blowers
will be retrofittable and eventually offered to own-
ers of ME engines. • Integrated electronic governor functions
• Tacho system
Mark version
Engine programme
Diameter of piston in cm
Number of cylinders
Cyl. L1 kW
/'2 5(1%
DCT IM9J
/KPKOWOCV
/%4
2CTV.QCF
kW/cyl.
5VTQMG
L1
OO L3
L2
L4
TOKP
Engine Power
The following tables contain data regarding the Specific Fuel Oil Consumption (SFOC)
power, speed and specific fuel oil consumption of
the engine. The figures given in this folder represent the val-
ues obtained when the engine and turbocharger
Engine power is specified in kW for each cylinder are matched with a view to obtaining the lowest
number and layout points L1, L2, L3 and L4: possible SFOC values while also fulfilling the IMO
NOX Tier II emission limitations.
Discrepancies between kW and metric horsepow-
er (1 BHP = 75 kpm/s = 0.7355 kW) are a conse- Stricter emission limits can be met on request, us-
quence of the rounding off of the BHP values. ing proven technologies.
L1 designates nominal maximum continuous rating The SFOC figures are given in g/kWh with a toler-
(nominal MCR), at 100% engine power and 100% ance of 5% and are based on the use of fuel with
engine speed. a lower calorific value of 42,700 kJ/kg (~10,200
kcal/kg) at ISO conditions:
L2, L3 and L4 designate layout points at the other
three corners of the layout area, chosen for easy Ambient air pressure .............................1,000 mbar
reference. Ambient air temperature ................................ 25 °C
Cooling water temperature ............................ 25 °C
0OWER ,
Although the engine will develop the power speci-
, fied up to tropical ambient conditions, specific
fuel oil consumption varies with ambient condi-
, tions and fuel oil lower calorific value. For calcula-
tion of these changes, see Chapter 2.
,
3PEED Lubricating oil data
178 51 489.0
Overload corresponds to 110% of the power at During runningin periods and under special con-
MCR, and may be permitted for a limited period of ditions, feed rates of up to 1.5 times the stated
one hour every 12 hours. values should be used.
Performance Curves
198 53 31-6.1
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 1.06
Page 1 of 6
ME Engine Description
Bedplate and Main Bearing The cylinder frame is cast, with the exception of
the S65MEC which is welded, and is provided
The bedplate is made with the thrust bearing in with access covers for cleaning the scavenge air
the aft end of the engine. The bedplate consists space, if required, and for inspection of scavenge
of high, welded, longitudinal girders and welded ports and piston rings from the manoeuvring side.
cross girders with cast steel bearing supports. Together with the cylinder liner it forms the scav-
enge air space.
For fitting to the engine seating in the ship, long,
elastic holdingdown bolts, and hydraulic tighten- The cylinder frame is fitted with pipes for the pis-
ing tools are used. ton cooling oil inlet. The scavenge air receiver, tur-
bocharger, air cooler box and gallery brackets are
The bedplate is made without taper for engines located on the cylinder frame. At the bottom of the
mounted on epoxy chocks. cylinder frame there is a piston rod stuffing box,
provided with sealing rings for scavenge air, and
The oil pan, which is made of steel plate and is with oil scraper rings which prevent crankcase oil
welded to the bedplate, collects the return oil from from coming up into the scavenge air space.
the forced lubricating and cooling oil system. The
oil outlets from the oil pan are normally vertical Drains from the scavenge air space and the piston
and are provided with gratings. rod stuffing box are located at the bottom of the
cylinder frame.
Horizontal outlets at both ends can be arranged
for some cylinder numbers, however this must be
confirmed by the engine builder.
The cylinder liner is made of alloyed cast iron The propeller thrust is transferred through the
and is suspended in the cylinder frame with a thrust collar, the segments, and the bedplate, to
lowsituated flange. The top of the cylinder liner the end chocks and engine seating, and thus to
is fitted with a cooling jacket. The cylinder liner the ship’s hull.
has scavenge ports and drilled holes for cylinder
lubrication. The thrust bearing is located in the aft end of the
engine. The thrust bearing is of the B&WMichell
Cylinder liners prepared for installation of tem- type, and consists primarily of a thrust collar on
perature sensors is basic execution on engines the crankshaft, a bearing support, and segments
type 98 and 90 as well as on K80ME-C9 while an of steel lined with white metal.
option on all other engines.
Engines type 60 and larger with 9 cylinders or
more will be specified with the 360º degree type
Cylinder Cover thrust bearing, while the 240º degree type is used
in all other engines. MAN Diesel’s flexible thrust
The cylinder cover is of forged steel, made in one cam design is used for the thrust collar on a range
piece, and has bores for cooling water. It has a of engine types.
central bore for the exhaust valve, and bores for
the fuel valves, a starting valve and an indicator The thrust shaft is an integrated part of the crank-
valve. shaft and it is lubricated by the engine’s lubricat-
ing oil system.
The cylinder cover is attached to the cylinder
frame with studs and nuts tightened with hydraulic
jacks. Stepup Gear
At the front end, the crankshaft is fitted with the A blocking device prevents the main engine from
collar for the axial vibration damper and a flange starting when the turning gear is engaged. En-
for the fitting of a tuning wheel. The flange can gagement and disengagement of the turning gear
also be used for a Power Take Off, if so desired. is effected manually by an axial movement of the
pinion.
Coupling bolts and nuts for joining the crankshaft
together with the intermediate shaft are not nor- The control device for the turning gear, consisting
mally supplied. of starter and manual control box, can be ordered
as an option.
Axial Vibration Damper The piston has four ring grooves which are
hardchrome plated on both the upper and lower
The engine is fitted with an axial vibration damper, surfaces of the grooves. The uppermost piston
mounted on the fore end of the crankshaft. The ring is of the CPR type (Controlled Pressure Re-
damper consists of a piston and a splittype hous- lief), whereas the other three piston rings all have
ing located forward of the foremost main bearing. an oblique cut. The uppermost piston ring is high-
er than the others. All four rings are alu-coated on
The piston is made as an integrated collar on the the outer surface for running-in.
main crank journal, and the housing is fixed to
the main bearing support. For functional check of
the vibration damper a mechanical guide is fitted, The piston skirt is made of cast iron with a bronze
while an electronic vibration monitor can be sup- band.
plied as an option.
Piston Rod
Tuning Wheel / Torsional Vibration Damper
The piston rod is of forged steel and is surface-
A tuning wheel or torsional vibration damper may hardened on the running surface for the stuffing
have to be ordered separately, depending on the box. The piston rod is connected to the crosshead
final torsional vibration calculations. with four bolts. The piston rod has a central bore
which, in conjunction with a cooling oil pipe, forms
the inlet and outlet for cooling oil.
Connecting Rod
Piston
For each turbocharger is fitted a scavenge air The engines can be fitted with either MAN, ABB or
cooler of the monoblock type designed for sea- MHI turbochargers. As an option, MAN TCA and
water cooling, alternatively, a central cooling sys- ABB A100-L turbochargers can be delivered with
tem with freshwater can be chosen. The working variable nozzle technology that reduces the fuel
pressure is up to 4.5 bar. consumption at part load by controlling the scav-
enge air pressure.
The scavenge air cooler is so designed that the
difference between the scavenge air temperature The turbocharger choice selection is described in
and the water inlet temperature at specified MCR Chapter 3, and the exhaust gas system in Chapter
can be kept at about 12 °C. 15.
The engine is provided with electricallydriven Reversing of the engine is performed electronical-
scavenge air blowers. The suction side of the ly and controlled by the Engine Control System,
blowers is connected to the scavenge air space by changing the timing of the fuel injection, the
after the air cooler. exhaust valve activation and the starting valves.
The opening of the fuel valves is controlled by The operation of the exhaust valve is controlled
the high pressure fuel oil created by the fuel oil by the proportional valve which also activates the
pressure booster, and the valves are closed by a fuel injection.
spring.
In operation, the valve spindle slowly rotates, driv-
An automatic vent slide allows circulation of fuel en by the exhaust gas acting on small vanes fixed
oil through the valve and high pressure pipes to the spindle.
when the engine is stopped. The vent slide also
prevents the compression chamber from being Sealing of the exhaust valve spindle guide is pro-
filled up with fuel oil in the event that the valve vided by means of Controlled Oil Level (COL), an
spindle sticks. Oil from the vent slide and other oil bath in the bottom of the air cylinder, above the
drains is led away in a closed system. sealing ring. This oil bath lubricates the exhaust
valve spindle guide and sealing ring as well.
The fuel oil highpressure pipes are of the double-
wall type with built-in conical support. The pipes
are insulated but not heated.
The engine is fitted with an indicator cock to The engine is delivered with piping arrangements
which the PMI pressure transducer can be con- for:
nected.
• Fuel oil
• Heating of fuel oil pipes
MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder Lubrication • Lubricating oil, piston cooling oil and
hydraulic oil pipes
The electronically controlled MAN B&W Alpha • Cylinder lubricating oil
cylinder lubrication system is applied to the ME • Cooling water to scavenge air cooler
engines, and controlled by the ME Engine Control • Jacket and turbocharger cooling water
System. • Cleaning of turbocharger
• Fire extinguishing in scavenge air space
The main advantages of the MAN B&W Alpha cyl- • Starting air
inder lubrication system, compared with the con- • Control air
ventional mechanical lubricator, are: • Oil mist detector
• Various drain pipes.
• Improved injection timing
• Increased dosage flexibility All piping arrangements are made of steel piping,
• Constant injection pressure except the control air and steam heating of fuel
• Improved oil distribution in the cylinder liner pipes, which are made of copper.
• Possibility for prelubrication before starting.
The pipes are provided with sockets for local
More details about the cylinder lubrication system instruments, alarm and safety equipment and,
can be found in Chapter 9. furthermore, with a number of sockets for supple-
mentary signal equipment. Chapter 18 deals with
the instrumentation.
Gallery Arrangement
2
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 2.01
Page 1 of 2
P = c x pe x n
i=2
so, for constant mep, the power is proportional to
the speed:
Fig. 2.01.01 shows the relationship for the linear Propulsion and Engine Running Points
functions, y = ax + b, using linear scales.
Propeller curve
The power functions P = c x ni will be linear func-
tions when using logarithmic scales: The relation between power and propeller speed
for a fixed pitch propeller is as mentioned above
log (P) = i x log (n) + log (c) described by means of the propeller law, i.e. the
y third power curve:
P = c x n3, in which:
a
Propeller design point
1
placed on the light running propeller curve 6. See the socalled sea margin, which is traditionally
below figure. On the other hand, some shipyards, about 15% of the propeller design (PD) power.
and/or propeller manufacturers sometimes use a
propeller design point (PD) that incorporates all or Engine layout (heavy propeller)
part of the socalled sea margin described below.
When determining the necessary engine layout
Power, % af L1 speed that considers the influence of a heavy run-
100%
= 0,20
= 0,15 L1 ning propeller for operating at high extra ship resis-
= 0,25 = 0,30
tance, it is (compared to line 6) recommended to
choose a heavier propeller line 2. The propeller
L3 MP
curve for clean hull and calm weather line 6 may
Engine margin
(SP=90% of MP)
SP
PD
then be said to represent a ‘light running’ (LR)
Sea margin
L2 (15% of PD) propeller.
PD
In general, the larger the propeller diameter D, Once an optimum propeller diameter of maximum
the lower is the optimum propeller speed and the 7.2 m has been chosen, the corresponding op-
kW required for a certain design draught and ship timum pitch in this point is given for the design
speed, see curve D in the figure below. speed of 14.5 knots, i.e. P/D = 0.70.
The maximum possible propeller diameter de- However, if the optimum propeller speed of 100
pends on the given design draught of the ship, r/min does not suit the preferred / selected main
and the clearance needed between the propeller engine speed, a change of pitch away from opti-
and the aft body hull and the keel. mum will only cause a relatively small extra power
demand, keeping the same maximum propeller
The example shown in the figure is an 80,000 dwt diameter:
crude oil tanker with a design draught of 12.2 m
and a design speed of 14.5 knots. going from 100 to 110 r/min (P/D = 0.62) requires
8,900 kW i.e. an extra power demand of 80 kW.
When the optimum propeller diameter D is in-
creased from 6.6 m to 7.2. m, the power demand going from 100 to 91 r/min (P/D = 0.81) requires
is reduced from about 9,290 kW to 8,820 kW, and 8,900 kW i.e. an extra power demand of 80 kW.
the optimum propeller speed is reduced from 120
r/min to 100 r/min, corresponding to the constant In both cases the extra power demand is only
ship speed coefficient ∝ = 0.28 (see definition of of 0.9%, and the corresponding ‘equal speed
∝ in Section 2.02, page 2). curves’ are ∝ =+0.1 and ∝ =0.1, respectively, so
there is a certain interval of propeller speeds in
which the ‘power penalty’ is very limited.
3HAFTæPOWER
K7
$ææ/PTIMUMæPROPELLERæDIAMETERS
0$ææ0ITCHDIAMETERæRATIO
$ 0$
M
0$
M
M
M
M
$
0ROPELLER
SPEED
RMIN
178 47 032.0
Constant ship speed lines area and parallel to one of the ∝lines, another
specified propulsion MCR point ‘MP2’ upon this
The constant ship speed lines ∝, are shown at line can be chosen to give the ship the same
the very top of Fig. 2.02.02. These lines indicate speed for the new combination of engine power
the power required at various propeller speeds to and speed.
keep the same ship speed provided that the op-
timum propeller diameter with an optimum pitch Fig. 2.02.02 shows an example of the required
diameter ratio is used at any given speed, taking power speed point MP1, through which a constant
into consideration the total propulsion efficiency. ship speed curve ∝= 0.25 is drawn, obtaining
point MP2 with a lower engine power and a lower
Normally, the following relation between neces- engine speed but achieving the same ship speed.
sary power and propeller speed can be assumed:
Provided the optimum pitch/diameter ratio is used
P2 = P1 x (n2 /n1)∝ for a given propeller diameter the following data
applies when changing the propeller diameter:
where:
P = Propulsion power for general cargo, bulk carriers and tankers
n = Propeller speed, and ∝= 0.25 0.30
∝= the constant ship speed coefficient.
and for reefers and container vessels
For any combination of power and speed, each ∝= 0.15 0.25
point on lines parallel to the ship speed lines gives
the same ship speed. When changing the propeller speed by changing
the pitch diameter ratio, the ∝ constant will be dif-
When such a constant ship speed line is drawn ferent, see above.
into the layout diagram through a specified pro-
pulsion MCR point ‘MP1’, selected in the layout
Power
110%
=0,15
speed lines
=0,20
=0,25 Constant ship 100%
=0,30 1
90%
MP1
=0,25 80%
MP2
3
me p
% 70%
100
95%
90%
2
85% 60%
80%
75%
70% 50%
40%
178 05 667.0
0OWER 100 - 80% power and 0OWER 100 - 80% power and
, 100 - 75% speed range , 100 - 85% speed range
valid for the types: valid for the types:
S80MC-C/ME-C7, , K90MC-C/6
, S80MC6, , K80MC-C/ME-C6,
,
S70MC-C/ME-C7, ,
L60MC-C/ME-C7/8,
S70MC6, S46MC-C8, S46ME-B8,
, S60MC-C/ME-C7, S42MC7, S40ME-B9,
S60MC6, S35MC7, S35ME-B9,
S50MC-C/ME-C7, L35MC6, S26MC6,
3PEED S50MC6 3PEED S90MC-C/ME-C8,
S80MC-C8, S80ME-C8/9,
S70MC-C/ME-C/ME-GI8,
S65ME-C/ME-GI8,
S60MC-C/ME-C/ME-GI8,
S60ME-B8,
S50MC-C/ME-C8,
S50ME-B8/9
0OWER 100 - 80% power and 0OWER 100 - 80% power and
, 100 - 80% speed range , 100 - 90% speed range
valid for the types: ,
valid for the types:
S90MC-C/ME-C7 K98MC/MC-C6,
, , ,
K98ME/ME-C6,
, K90ME/ME-C9,
, K80ME-C9
3PEED 3PEED
0OWER 100 - 80% power and 0OWER 100 - 80% power and
,
100 - 84% speed range , 100 - 93% speed range
valid for the types: , valid for the types:
, L70MC-C/ME-C7/8, K98MC/MC-C7,
, , K98ME/ME-C7
S46MC-C7
,
,
3PEED 3PEED
178 60 45-2.0
An engine’s layout diagram is limited by two con- For practical reasons we have chosen to use the
stant mean effective pressure (mep) lines L1– L3 designation ‘O’ for the matching point.
and L2– L4, and by two constant engine speed
lines L1– L2 and L3 – L4. The L1 point refers to the The matching point O is placed on line 1 of the
engine’s nominal maximum continuous rating, see load diagram, see Fig. 2.04.01, and for technical
Fig. 2.04.01. reasons the power of O always has to be equal to
the power of M. Point O normally coincides with
Within the layout area there is full freedom to se- point M.
lect the engine’s specified SMCR point M which
suits the demand for propeller power and speed For ME, ME-C and ME-GI engines, the timing of
for the ship. the fuel injection and the exhaust valve activation
are electronically optimised over a wide operat-
On the horizontal axis the engine speed and on ing range of the engine. Therefore the selection of
the vertical axis the engine power are shown on matching point only has a meaning in connection
percentage scales. The scales are logarithmic with the turbocharger matching and the compres-
which means that, in this diagram, power function sion ratio.
curves like propeller curves (3rd power), constant
mean effective pressure curves (1st power) and For ME-B engines, only the fuel injection (and not
constant ship speed curves (0.15 to 0.30 power) the exhaust valve activation) is electronically con-
are straight lines. trolled over a wide operating range of the engine,
and the compression ratio is nearly constant as
for an MC engine.
Specified maximum continuous rating (M)
The lowest specific fuel oil consumption for the
Based on the propulsion and engine running ME, ME-C and ME-GI engines is optained at 70%
points, as previously found, the layout diagram and for ME-B engines at 80% of the matching
of a relevant main engine may be drawnin. The point (O).
SMCR point (M) must be inside the limitation lines
of the layout diagram; if it is not, the propeller
speed will have to be changed or another main
0OWER
engine type must be chosen. ,
/-
Continuous service rating (S) ,
3
The engine’s load diagram, see Fig. 2.04.02, de-
/!-
fines the power and speed limits for continuous as
well as overload operation of an installed engine
having a matching point O and a specified MCR
point M that confirms the ship’s specification.
Point A is a 100% speed and power reference
point of the load diagram, and is defined as the
point on the propeller curve (line 1), through the
matching point O, having the specified MCR
power. Normally, point M is equal to point A, but
in special cases, for example if a shaft generator
is installed, point M may be placed to the right of
point A on line 7.
%NGINEæSPEEDææOFæ!
The service points of the installed engine incorpo-
rate the engine power required for ship propulsion
and shaft generator, if installed. Regarding ‘i’ in the power function P = c x ni, see page 2.01.
Propeller curve, fouled hull and heavy weather Fig. 2.04.02: Standard engine load diagram
– heavy running.
The above limits may in general be extended to Running at low load above 100% of the nominal L1
105% and during trial conditions to 107% of the speed of the engine is, however, to be avoided for
nominal L1 speed of the engine, provided the tor- extended periods. Only plants with controllable
sional vibration conditions permit. pitch propellers can reach this light running area.
Line 4: Recommendation
Represents the limit at which an ample air supply
is available for combustion and imposes a limita- Continuous operation without limitations is al-
tion on the maximum combination of torque and lowed only within the area limited by lines 4, 5,
speed. 7 and 3 of the load diagram, except on low load
operation for CP propeller plants mentioned in the
Line 5: previous section.
Represents the maximum mean effective pres-
sure level (mep), which can be accepted for con- The area between lines 4 and 1 is available for
tinuous operation. operation in shallow waters, heavy weather and
during acceleration, i.e. for nonsteady operation
Line 6: without any strict time limitation.
Propeller curve, clean hull and calm weather – light
running, used for propeller layout/design. After some time in operation, the ship’s hull and
propeller will be fouled, resulting in heavier run-
Line 7: ning of the propeller, i.e. the propeller curve will
Represents the maximum power for continuous move to the left from line 6 towards line 2, and
operation. extra power is required for propulsion in order to
keep the ship’s speed.
Limits for overload operation In calm weather conditions, the extent of heavy
running of the propeller will indicate the need for
The overload service range is limited as follows: cleaning the hull and possibly polishing the pro-
peller.
Line 8:
Represents the overload operation limitations. Once the specified MCR (and the matching point)
have been chosen, the capacities of the auxiliary
The area between lines 4, 5, 7 and the heavy equipment will be adapted to the specified MCR,
dashed line 8 is available for overload running for and the turbocharger specification and the com-
limited periods only (1 hour per 12 hours). pression ratio will be selected.
Extended load diagram for ships operating in extreme heavy running conditions
When a ship with fixed pitch propeller is operat- Extended load diagram for speed derated en-
ing in normal sea service, it will in general be gines with increased light running
operating in the hatched area around the design
propeller curve 6, as shown on the standard load The maximum speed limit (line 3) of the engines is
diagram in Fig. 2.04.02. 105% of the SMCR (Specified Maximum Continu-
ous Rating) speed, as shown in Fig. 2.04.02.
Sometimes, when operating in heavy weather, the
fixed pitch propeller performance will be more However, for speed and, thereby, power derated
heavy running, i.e. for equal power absorption of engines it is possible to extend the maximum
the propeller, the propeller speed will be lower speed limit to 105% of the engine’s nominal MCR
and the propeller curve will move to the left. speed, line 3’, but only provided that the torsional
vibration conditions permit this. Thus, the shaft-
As the low speed main engines are directly cou- ing, with regard to torsional vibrations, has to be
pled to the propeller, the engine has to follow the approved by the classification society in question,
propeller performance, i.e. also in heavy running based on the extended maximum speed limit.
propeller situations. For this type of operation,
there is normally enough margin in the load area When choosing an increased light running to be
between line 6 and the normal torque/speed limi- used for the design of the propeller, the load dia-
tation line 4, see Fig. 2.04.02. To the left of line 4 gram area may be extended from line 3 to line 3’,
in torquerich operation, the engine will lack air as shown in Fig. 2.04.03, and the propeller/main
from the turbocharger to the combustion process, engine operating curve 6 may have a correspond-
i.e. the heat load limits may be exceeded and ingly increased heavy running margin before ex-
bearing loads might also become too high. ceeding the torque/speed limit, line 4.
For some special ships and operating conditions, A corresponding slight reduction of the propel-
it would be an advantage when occasionally ler efficiency may be the result, due to the higher
needed to be able to operate the propeller/main propeller design speed used.
engine as much as possible to the left of line 6,
but inside the torque/speed limit, line 4.
Line 1: Propeller curve through matching point (O) Example 3 shows the same layout for an engine
layout curve for engine with fixed pitch propeller (example 1), but with a
Line 2: Heavy propeller curve
fouled hull and heavy seas shaft generator.
Line 3: Speed limit
Line 3’: Extended speed limit, provided torsional vibration
conditions permit
Example 4 is a special case of example 3, where
Line 4: Torque/speed limit the specified MCR is placed near the top of the
Line 5: Mean effective pressure limit layout diagram.
Line 6: Increased light running propeller curve
clean hull and calm weather
In this case the shaft generator is cut off,
layout curve for propeller and the GenSets used when the engine runs
Line 7: Power limit for continuous running at specified MCR. This makes it possible to
178 60 79-9.0 choose a smaller engine with a lower power out-
put.
Fig. 2.04.03: Extended load diagram for speed derated
engine with increased light running Example 5 shows diagrams for an engine
coupled to a controllable pitch propeller, with
or without a shaft generator, constant speed or
combinator curve operation.
, !/--0
, !/-
330 ,
3
, ,
, 0ROPULSIONæANDæENGINE , 0ROPULSIONæANDæENGINE
SERVICEæCURVEæFORæFOULED SERVICEæCURVEæFORæFOULED
HULLæANDæHEAVYæWEATHER HULLæANDæHEAVYæWEATHER
The specified MCR (M) and the matching point O and its pro- Once point A has been found in the layout diagram, the load
peller curve 1 will normally be selected on the engine service diagram can be drawn, as shown in the figure, and hence the
curve 2. actual load limitation lines of the diesel engine may be found
by using the inclinations from the construction lines and the
Point A is then found at the intersection between propeller %figures stated.
curve 1 (2) and the constant power curve through M, line 7. In
this case point A is equal to point M and point O. 178 05 440.8
Fig. 2.04.04: Normal running conditions. Engine coupled to a fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and without a shaft generator
, !/
, !/
--0 -
,
330 3
, ,
, 0ROPULSIONæANDæENGINE
, 0ROPULSIONæANDæENGINE
SERVICEæCURVEæFORæFOULED SERVICEæCURVEæFORæFOULED
HULLæANDæHEAVYæWEATHER HULLæANDæHEAVYæWEATHER
178 05 464.8
Fig. 2.04.05: Special running conditions. Engine coupled to a fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and without a shaft generator
! !
0OWERææOFæ, 0OWERææOFæ,
, ,
%NGINEæSERVICEæCURVEæFOR
FOULEDæHULLæANDæHEAVY
!/- !/-
WEATHERæINCLæSHAFT
GENERATOR
3 3' ,
, , 3
3' -0 -0
%NGINE
SERVICE
CURVE 30 30
,
,
, ,
0ROPULSIONæCURVEæFORæFOULED 0ROPULSIONæCURVEæFORæFOULED
HULLæANDæHEAVYæWEATHER HULLæANDæHEAVYæWEATHER
In example 3 a shaft generator (SG) is installed, and therefore The matching point O = A = M will be chosen on this curve, as
the service power of the engine also has to incorporate the shown.
extra shaft power required for the shaft generator’s electrical
power production. Point A is then found in the same way as in example 1 and the
load diagram can be drawn as shown in the figure.
In the figure, the engine service curve shown for heavy run-
ning incorporates this extra power.
178 05 488.8
Fig. 2.04.06: Normal running conditions. Engine coupled to a fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and with a shaft generator
,
,
, 0ROPULSIONæCURVE
, 0ROPULSIONæCURVE
FORæFOULEDæHULL FORæFOULEDæHULL
ANDæHEAVYæWEATHER ANDæHEAVYæWEATHER
M Specified MCR of engine Point A and M of the load diagram are found:
S Continuous service rating of engine Line 1 Propeller curve through point S
O Matching point of engine Point A Intersection between line 1 and line L1 – L3
A Reference point of load diagram Point M Located on constant power line 7
MP Specified MCR for propulsion through point A and with MP’s speed
SP Continuous service rating of propulsion Point O Equal to point A
SG Shaft generator
Also for this special case in example 4, a shaft generator is In choosing the latter solution, the required specified MCR
installed but, compared to example 3, this case has a speci- power can be reduced from point M’ to point M as shown.
fied MCR for propulsion, MP, placed at the top of the layout Therefore, when running in the upper propulsion power range,
diagram. a diesel generator has to take over all or part of the electrical
power production.
This involves that the intended specified MCR of the engine
M’ will be placed outside the top of the layout diagram. However, such a situation will seldom occur, as ships are
rather infrequently running in the upper propulsion power
One solution could be to choose a larger diesel engine with range.
an extra cylinder, but another and cheaper solution is to re-
duce the electrical power production of the shaft generator Point A, having the highest possible power, is then found at
when running in the upper propulsion power range. the intersection of line L1– L3 with line 1 and the correspond-
ing load diagram is drawn. Point M is found on line 7 at MP’s
speed, and point O=A.
178 06 351.8
Fig. 2.04.07: Special running conditions. Engine coupled to a fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and with a shaft generator
Example 5: Engine coupled to controllable pitch propeller (CPP) with or without shaft generator
0OWER
Layout diagram with shaft generator
! ! The hatched area shows the recommended speed
, range between 100% and 96.7% of the specified
MCR speed for an engine with shaft generator
running at constant speed.
, !/-
The service point S can be located at any point
, within the hatched area.
3
, The procedure shown in examples 3 and 4 for
engines with FPP can also be applied here for en-
gines with CPP running with a combinator curve.
3.3%A 5%A
A
7
7 5
5
4
4
1 2 6
Power, % of L 1
110%
100%
L1
L3 5%L1
90%
L2
L4
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110%
Engine s peed, % of L 1
178 6177-0.0
As previously mentioned the main feature of the For the ME engine only the turbocharger matching
ME engine is that the fuel injection and the ex- and the compression ratio (shims under the piston
haust valve timing are optimised automatically rod) remain as variables to be determined by the
over the entire power range, and with a minimum engine maker / MAN Diesel.
speed down to around 15% of the L1 speed.
The calculation of the expected specific fuel oil
Comparing the specific fuel oil comsumption consumption (SFOC) can be carried out by means
(SFOC) of the ME and the MC engines, it can be of the following figures for fixed pitch propel-
seen from the figure below that the great advan- ler and for controllable pitch propeller, constant
tage of the ME engine is a lower SFOC at part speed. Throughout the whole load area the SFOC
loads. of the engine depends on where the matching
point (O) is chosen.
It is also noted that the lowest SFOC for the ME
engine is at 70% of O, whereas it was at 80% of O
for the MC engine.
SFOC
g/kWh
+3
+2
+1
0
-1
MC
-2
-3
ME
-4
-5
50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 110%
Engine power, % of matching point O
198 97 389.2
Fig. 2.06.01: Example of part load SFOC curves for ME and MC with fixed pitch propeller
All engine types 50 and larger are as standard Consumption (SFOC) values, see example in
fitted with high efficiency turbochargers, option: Fig. 2.07.01.
4 59 104.
At part load running the lowest SFOC may be
The high efficiency turbocharger is applied to obtained at 70% of the matched power = 70%
the engine in the basic design with the view to of the specified MCR.
obtaining the lowest possible Specific Fuel Oil
SFOC
g/kWh
+2
2
4
50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
178 60 95-4.0
Fig. 2.07.01: Example of part load SFOC curves for high efficiency turbochargers
The SFOC is given in g/kWh based on The SFOC guarantee refers to the above ISO ref-
the reference ambient conditions stated in erence conditions and lower calorific value and is
ISO 3046-1:2002(E) and ISO 15550:2002(E): valid for one running point only. The guaranteed
running point is equal to the powerspeed com-
1,000 mbar ambient air pressure bination in the matching point (O) = 100% SMCR
25 °C ambient air temperature but, if requested, a running point between 85%
25 °C scavenge air coolant temperature and 100% SMCR can be selected.
and is related to a fuel oil with a lower calorific The SFOC guarantee is given with a tolerance
value of 42,700 kJ/kg (~10,200 kcal/kg). of 5%.
Diagram a
Data matching point (O=M): SFOC SFOC
g/kWh Part Load SFOC curve g/kWh
cyl. No. +4
Power: 100% of (O) kW +3
Speed: 100% of (O) r/min +2 170
1
2
3 165
4
5
6
7
8 160
9
10
11
12
13 155
14
15
16
40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 110%
% of matching point
178 61 40-9.0
Fig. 2.09.01
=0.15 lines
ship speed
=0.20 Constant 100%
=0.25 =0.30
90%
Diagram b 80%
in L1
m ina l t
e no ing
poin mep
et o th a tc h 10 0% 70%
%m 3
re lativ 10 0 2 95%
/ kWh poin
t 1
in g
0 9 0%
ing
SF OC m a tc h 7 60%
n of 70% 6
u c tio poin
t 5
Re d tchin
g
*) 4
ma
50% 3
2
*) 1 50%
Nominal propeller curve
40%
75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105%
Speed, % of L1
178 61 79-4.0
Fig. 2.09.02
Power, % of L1
=0.15 lines
ship speed
=0.20 Constant 100%
=0.25 =0.30
90%
Diagram c 80%
in L 1
na l
en omi g po
int mep
to t h mat
chin 10 0% 70%
i ve % 3
h r elat 10 0
1
2 95%
in g / kW ing
p oint 0 9 0%
fS FO C m a tc h 7 60%
70%
ti on o int
6
uc po 5
Re d a tc hing *) 4
m
50% 2
1
*) 0 50%
Nominal propeller curve
40%
75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105%
Speed, % of L1
178 61 78-2.0
Fig. 2.09.03
*) At reduced SMCR/matching speed nO lower than 76 r/min the total SFOC at 50% and 70% to be
increased with Δ SFOC = +1.0 * ____
76 - n
76 - 72
O
Power, % of L1
=0.15 lines
ship speed
=0.20 Constant 100%
=0.25 =0.30
90%
Diagram b 80%
al in L 1
min t
e no ing
poin mep
to t h a tc h 10 0% 70%
i ve %m 3
r elat 10 0 2 95%
/ kWh poin
t 1
in g ing
0 9 0%
fS FO C m a tc h 7 60%
70%
on o 6
uc ti poin
t 5
Re d a tc h
ing 4
m
50% 3
2
1 50%
Nominal propeller curve
40%
75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105%
Speed, % of L1
2
3 165
4
5
6
7
8 160
9
10
11
30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 110%
% of specified MCR
178 61 81-6.0
Fig. 2.10.01: Example of SFOC for derated 6S80ME-C8 with fixed pitch propeller and high efficiency turbocharger
Once the matching point (O) of the engine has The SFOC curve through points S2, on the left
been chosen, the specific fuel oil consumption at of point 1, is symmetrical about point 1, i.e. at
an arbitrary point S1, S2 or S3 can be estimated speeds lower than that of point 1, the SFOC will
based on the SFOC at point ‘1’ and ‘2’. also increase.
These SFOC values can be calculated by using The abovementioned method provides only an
the graphs for the relevant engine type for the approximate value. A more precise indication of
propeller curve I and for the constant speed curve the expected SFOC at any load can be calculated
II, giving the SFOC at points 1 and 2, respectively. by using our computer program. This is a service
which is available to our customers on request.
Next the SFOC for point S1 can be calculated as
an interpolation between the SFOC in points ‘1’
and ‘2’, and for point S3 as an extrapolation.
0OWER OF ! -
!-
3 3 3
) ))
198 95 962.2
Emission Control
All ME, ME-B, ME-C and ME-GI engines are, as Water emulsification of the heavy fuel oil is a well
standard, delivered in compliance with the IMO proven primary method. The type of homogeni-
speed dependent NOx limit, measured accord- zer is either ultrasonic or mechanical, using water
ing to ISO 8178 Test Cycles E2/E3 for Heavy Duty from the freshwater generator and the water mist
Diesel Engines. These are referred to in the Extent catcher.
of Delivery as EoD: 4 06 060 Economy mode with
the options: 4 06 060a Engine test cycle E3 or 4 The pressure of the homogenised fuel has to be
06 060b Engine test cycle E2. increased to prevent the formation of steam and
cavitation. It may be necessary to modify some of
the engine components such as the fuel oil pres-
NOx reduction methods sure booster, fuel injection valves and the engine
control system.
The NOx content in the exhaust gas can be re-
duced with primary and/or secondary reduction
methods. Up to 9598% NOx reduction
The primary methods affect the combustion pro- This reduction can be achieved by means of
cess directly by reducing the maximum combus- secondary methods, such as the SCR (Selec-
tion temperature, whereas the secondary me- tive Catalytic Reduction), which involves an
thods are means of reducing the emission level aftertreatment of the exhaust gas, see Section
without changing the engine performance, using 3.02.
external equipment.
Plants designed according to this method have
been in service since 1990 on five vessels, using
030% NOx reduction Haldor Topsøe catalysts and ammonia as the re-
ducing agent, urea can also be used.
The ME engines can be delivered with several
operation modes, options: 4 06 063 Port load, 4 The SCR unit can be located separately in the
06 064 Special emission, 4 06 065 Other emission engine room or horizontally on top of the engine.
limit, and 4 06 066 Dual fuel. The compact SCR reactor is mounted before
the turbocharger(s) in order to have the optimum
These operation modes may include a ‘Low NOx working temperature for the catalyst. However at-
mode’ for operation in, for instance, areas with re- tention have to be given to the type of HFO to be
striction in NOx emission. used.
For further information on engine operation For further information about emission control,
modes, see Extent of Delivery. please refer to our publication:
3
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 3.01
Page 1 of 1
Turbocharger Selection
Updated turbocharger data based on the latest The engines are, as standard, equipped with as
information from the turbocharger makers are few turbochargers as possible, see the table in
available from the Turbocharger Selection Fig. 3.01.01.
program on www.mandiesel.com under
‘Turbocharger’ → ‘Overview’ → ‘Turbocharger One more turbocharger can be applied, than the
Selection’. number stated in the tables, if this is desirable due
to space requirements, or for other reasons. Ad-
The data specified in the printed edition are valid ditional costs are to be expected.
at the time of publishing.
However, we recommend the ‘Turbocharger se-
The MC/ME engines are designed for the applica- lection’ programme on the Internet, which can be
tion of either MAN Diesel, ABB or Mitsubishi (MHI) used to identify a list of applicable turbochargers
turbochargers. for a specific engine layout.
The turbocharger choice is made with a view to For information about turbocharger arrangement
obtaining the lowest possible Specific Fuel Oil and cleaning systems, see Section 15.01.
Consumption (SFOC) values at the nominal MCR
by applying high efficiency turbochargers.
By-pass flange
Exhaust receiver
Centre of cylinder
Turbocharger
178 06 721.1
Air
Process
computer
Evaporator Ammonia
tank
SCR reactor
Air intake
Air outlet
Exhaust gas outlet
Deck
Support
Static mixer
Air
Orifice
High efficiency turbocharger
Engine
198 99 271.0
Electricity Production
4
MAN Diesel
-!.æ"7æ
0AGEææOFæ
%LECTRICITYæ0RODUCTION
)NTRODUCTION
æ
.EXTæTOæPOWERæFORæPROPULSIONæELECTRICITYæPRODUC
4HEæ$-'#&%æ$IRECTæ-OUNTEDæ'ENERATOR#ON
TIONæISæTHEæLARGESTæFUELæCONSUMERæONæBOARDæ4HEæ STANTæ&REQUENCYæ%LECTRICAL æANDæTHEæ3-'#&%æ
ELECTRICITYæISæPRODUCEDæBYæUSINGæONEæORæMOREæOFæTHEæ 3HAFTæ-OUNTEDæ'ENERATOR#ONSTANTæ&REQUENCYæ
FOLLOWINGæTYPESæOFæMACHINERYæEITHERæRUNNINGæALONEæ %LECTRICAL æAREæSPECIALæDESIGNSæWITHINæTHEæ04/#&%æ
ORæINæPARRALLEL GROUPæINæWHICHæTHEæGENERATORæISæCOUPLEDæDIRECTLYæTOæ
THEæMAINæENGINEæCRANKSHAFTæANDæTHEæINTERMEDIATEæ
sæ!UXILIARYæDIESELæGENERATINGæSETS SHAFTæRESPECTIVELYæWITHOUTæAæGEARæ4HEæELECTRICALæ
OUTPUTæOFæTHEæGENERATORæISæCONTROLLEDæBYæELECTRICALæ
sæ-AINæENGINEæDRIVENæGENERATORS FREQUENCYæCONTROL
sæ%MERGENCYæDIESELæGENERATINGæSETS sæ"7æ)
æ 'EARæWITHæAæVERTICALæGENERATORæMOUNTEDæONTOæTHEæ
4HEæMACHINERYæINSTALLEDæSHOULDæBEæSELECTEDæONæTHEæ FOREæENDæOFæTHEæDIESELæENGINEæWITHOUTæANYæCON
BASISæOFæANæECONOMICæEVALUATIONæOFælRSTæCOSTæOPE
NECTIONSæTOæTHEæSHIPæSTRUCTURE
RATINGæCOSTSæANDæTHEæDEMANDæFORæMAN
HOURSæFORæ
MAINTENANCE sæ"7æ))
æ !æFREEçSTANDINGæGEARæMOUNTEDæONæTHEæTANKæTOPæ
)NæTHEæFOLLOWINGæTECHNICALæINFORMATIONæISæGIVENæRE
ANDæCONNECTEDæTOæTHEæFOREæENDæOFæTHEæDIESELæEN
GARDINGæMAINæENGINEæDRIVENæGENERATORSæ04/ æDIF
GINEæWITHæAæVERTICALæORæHORIZONTALæGENERATOR
FERENTæCONlGURATIONSæWITHæEXHAUSTæGASæANDæSTEAMæ
DRIVENæTURBOæGENERATORSæANDæTHEæAUXILIARYæDIESELæ sæ"7æ)))
GENERATINGæSETSæPRODUCEDæBYæ-!.æ$IESEL æ !æCRANKSHAFTæGEARæMOUNTEDæONTOæTHEæFOREæENDæOFæ
THEæDIESELæENGINEæWITHæAæSIDEçMOUNTEDæGENERA
TORæWITHOUTæANYæCONNECTIONSæTOæTHEæSHIPæSTRUC
0OWERæ4AKEæ/FF TURE
7ITHæAæGENERATORæCOUPLEDæTOæAæ0OWERæ4AKEæ/FFæ sæ"7æ)6
04/ æFROMæTHEæMAINæENGINEæELECTRICALæPOWERæ æ !æFREEçSTANDINGæSTEPçUPæGEARæCONNECTEDæTOæTHEæ
CANæBEæPRODUCEDæBASEDæONæTHEæMAINæENGINESæ INTERMEDIATEæSHAFTæWITHæAæHORIZONTALæGENERATOR
LOWæ3&/#æANDæTHEæUSEæOFæHEAVYæFUELæOILæ3EVERALæ
STANDARDISEDæ04/æSYSTEMSæAREæAVAILABLEæSEEæ&IGæ 4HEæMOSTæPOPULARæOFæTHEæGEARæBASEDæALTERNATIVESæ
æANDæTHEæDESIGNATIONSæINæ&IGæ AREæTHEæ"7æ)))2#&æTYPEæFORæPLANTSæWITHæAælXEDæ
PITCHæPROPELLERæ&00 æ4HEæ"7æ)))2#&æREQUIRESæNOæ
sæ04/2#& SEPARATEæSEATINGæINæTHEæSHIPæANDæONLYæLITTLEæATTEN
æ 0OWERæ4AKEæ/FF2ENKæ#ONSTANTæ&REQUENCY TIONæFROMæTHEæSHIPYARDæWITHæRESPECTæTOæALIGNMENT
æ 'ENERATORæGIVINGæCONSTANTæFREQUENCYæBASEDæONæ
MECHANICALçHYDRAULICALæSPEEDæCONTROL
sæ04/#&%æ
æ 0OWERæ4AKEæ/FF#ONSTANTæ&REQUENCYæ%LECTRICAL
æ 'ENERATORæGIVINGæCONSTANTæFREQUENCYæBASEDæONæ
ELECTRICALæFREQUENCYæCONTROL
æ æ æ æ æ 4OTAL
!LTERNATIVE¬TYPES¬AND¬LAYOUTS¬OF¬SHAFT¬GENERATORS¬ $ESIGN¬ 3EATING¬ ¬EFFICIENCY¬
ææ
&IGææ4YPESæOFæ04/
$ESIGNATIONæOFæ04/
&ORæFURTHERæINFORMATIONæPLEASEæREFERæTOæOURæPUBLI
CATIONæTITLED
3HAFTæ'ENERATORSæFORæ-#æANDæ-%æENGINES
4HEæPUBLICATIONæISæAVAILABLEæATæWWWMANDIESELCOM
UNDERæ@1UICKLINKSæ-æ@4ECHNICALæ0APERS
ææç
0OWERæTAKEæOFF
"7ææ)))ææ3-%ç#2#&æç
æ ææ(Z
æ ææ(Z
æ K7æONæGENERATORæTERMINALS
æ 2#&ææ2ENKæCONSTANTæFREQUENCYæUNIT
æ #&%ææ%LECTRICALLYæFREQUENCYæCONTROLLEDæUNIT
æ -ARKæVERSION
æ %NGINEæTYPEæONæWHICHæITæISæAPPLIED
æ ,AYOUTæOFæ04/æ3EEæ&IGæ
æ -AKEæ-!.æ$IESEL
ææç
&IGææ%XAMPLEæOFæDESIGNATIONæOFæ04/
PTO/RCF
Side mounted generator, BWIII/RCF is bolted directly to the frame box of the main
(Fig. 4.01.01, Alternative 3) engine. The bearings of the three gear wheels
are mounted in the gear box so that the weight of
The PTO/RCF generator systems have been de- the wheels is not carried by the crankshaft. In the
veloped in close cooperation with the German frame box, between the crankcase and the gear
gear manufacturer RENK. A complete package drive, space is available for tuning wheel, counter-
solution is offered, comprising a flexible coupling, weights, axial vibration damper, etc.
a stepup gear, an epicyclic, variableratio gear
with builtin clutch, hydraulic pump and motor, The first gear wheel is connected to the crank-
and a standard generator, see Fig. 4.01.03. shaft via a special flexible coupling made in one
piece with a tooth coupling driving the crankshaft
For marine engines with controllable pitch pro- gear, thus isolating it against torsional and axial
pellers running at constant engine speed, the vibrations.
hydraulic system can be dispensed with, i.e. a
PTO/GCR design is normally used. By means of a simple arrangement, the shaft in
the crankshaft gear carrying the first gear wheel
Fig. 4.01.03 shows the principles of the PTO/RCF and the female part of the toothed coupling can
arrangement. As can be seen, a stepup gear box be moved forward, thus disconnecting the two
(called crankshaft gear) with three gear wheels parts of the toothed coupling.
/PERATINGæPANEL
INæSWITCHBOARD
3ERVOæVALVE
(YDROSTATICæMOTOR
4OOTHED
COUPLING 'ENERATOR
2#&#ONTROLLER
(YDROSTATICæPUMP
!NNULUSæRING
-ULTIDISCæCLUTCH 3UNæWHEEL
0LANETARYæGEARæWHEEL
4OOTHEDæCOUPLING
#RANKSHAFT
%LASTICæDAMPINGæCOUPLING
#RANKSHAFTæGEAR
4OOTHEDæCOUPLING
178 23 222.1
Fig. 4.01.03: Power take off with RENK constant frequency gear: BW III/RCF, option: 4 85 253
The power from the crankshaft gear is trans- Extent of delivery for BWIII/RCF units
ferred, via a multidisc clutch, to an epicyclic
variableratio gear and the generator. These are The delivery comprises a complete unit ready to
mounted on a common bedplate, bolted to brack- be builton to the main engine. Fig. 4.02.01 shows
ets integrated with the engine bedplate. the required space and the standard electrical
output range on the generator terminals.
The BWIII/RCF unit is an epicyclic gear with a
hydrostatic superposition drive. The hydrostatic Standard sizes of the crankshaft gears and the
input drives the annulus of the epicyclic gear in RCF units are designed for:
either direction of rotation, hence continuously 700, 1200, 1800 and 2600 kW, while the generator
varying the gearing ratio to keep the genera- sizes of make A. van Kaick are:
tor speed constant throughout an engine speed
variation of 30%. In the standard layout, this is 440 V 60 Hz 380 V 50 Hz
between 100% and 70% of the engine speed at Type
1800 r/min 1500 r/min
DSG
specified MCR, but it can be placed in a lower kVA kW kVA kW
range if required. 62 M24 707 566 627 501
62 L14 855 684 761 609
The input power to the gear is divided into two
62 L24 1,056 845 940 752
paths – one mechanical and the other hydrostatic
74 M14 1,271 1,017 1,137 909
– and the epicyclic differential combines the
power of the two paths and transmits the com- 74 M24 1,432 1,146 1,280 1,024
bined power to the output shaft, connected to the 74 L14 1,651 1,321 1,468 1,174
generator. The gear is equipped with a hydrostatic 74 L24 1,924 1,539 1,709 1,368
motor driven by a pump, and controlled by an 86 K14 1,942 1,554 1,844 1,475
electronic control unit. This keeps the generator 86 M14 2,345 1,876 2,148 1,718
speed constant during single running as well as 86 L24 2,792 2,234 2,542 2,033
when running in parallel with other generators. 99 K14 3,222 2,578 2,989 2,391
178 34 893.1
The multidisc clutch, integrated into the gear in-
put shaft, permits the engaging and disengaging In the event that a larger generator is required,
of the epicyclic gear, and thus the generator, from please contact MAN Diesel.
the main engine during operation.
If a main engine speed other than the nominal is
An electronic control system with a RENK control- required as a basis for the PTO operation, it must
ler ensures that the control signals to the main be taken into consideration when determining the
electrical switchboard are identical to those for ratio of the crankshaft gear. However, it has no
the normal auxiliary generator sets. This applies influence on the space required for the gears and
to ships with automatic synchronising and load the generator.
sharing, as well as to ships with manual switch-
board operation. The PTO can be operated as a motor (PTI) as well
as a generator by making some minor modifica-
Internal control circuits and interlocking functions tions.
between the epicyclic gear and the electronic
control box provide automatic control of the func-
tions necessary for the reliable operation and
protection of the BWIII/RCF unit. If any monitored
value exceeds the normal operation limits, a warn-
ing or an alarm is given depending upon the ori-
gin, severity and the extent of deviation from the
permissible values. The cause of a warning or an
alarm is shown on a digital display.
1. Cooling water pipes to the builton lubricating The capacities stated in the ‘List of capacities’ for
oil cooling system, including the valves. the main engine in question are to be increased
by the additional capacities for the crankshaft
2. Electrical power supply to the lubricating oil gear and the RCF gear stated in Fig. 4.03.02.
standby pump built on to the RCF unit.
$ ( ' 3
!
&
"
ææ
K7æGENERATOR
æK7 æK7 æK7 æK7
!
"
#
$
&
'
(
3
3YSTEMæMASSæKG æWITHæGENERATOR
3YSTEMæMASSæKG æWITHOUTæGENERATOR
4HEæSTATEDæK7æATæTHEæGENERATORæTERMINALSæISæAVAILABLEæBETWEENææANDææOFæTHEæENGINEæSPEEDæATæSPECIlEDæ-#2
3PACEæREQUIREMENTSæHAVEæTOæBEæINVESTIGATEDæCASEæBYæCASEæONæPLANTSæWITHææK7æGENERATOR
&IGææ3PACEæREQUIREMENTæFORæSIDEæMOUNTEDæGENERATORæ04/2#&æTYPEæ"7LLLæ3ç#2#&
4OOTHEDæCOUPLING
!LTERNATOR
"EDFRAME
2#&GEAR
IFæORDERED
#RANKSHAFTæGEAR
Fig. 4.03.01a: Engine preparations for PTO 178 57 15-7.0
Pos.
1 Special face on bedplate and frame box
2 Ribs and brackets for supporting the face and machined blocks for alignment of gear or stator housing
3 Machined washers placed on frame box part of face to ensure that it is flush with the face on the bedplate
4 Rubber gasket placed on frame box part of face
5 Shim placed on frame box part of face to ensure that it is flush with the face of the bedplate
6 Distance tubes and long bolts
7 Threaded hole size, number and size of spring pins and bolts to be made in agreement with PTO maker
8 Flange of crankshaft, normally the standard execution can be used
9 Studs and nuts for crankshaft flange
10 Free flange end at lubricating oil inlet pipe (incl. blank flange)
11 Oil outlet flange welded to bedplate (incl. blank flange)
12 Face for brackets
13 Brackets
14 Studs for mounting the brackets
15 Studs, nuts and shims for mounting of RCF/generator unit on the brackets
16 Shims, studs and nuts for connection between crankshaft gear and RCF/generator unit
17 Engine cover with connecting bolts to bedplate/frame box to be used for shop test without PTO
18 Intermediate shaft between crankshaft and PTO
19 Oil sealing for intermediate shaft
20 Engine cover with hole for intermediate shaft and connecting bolts to bedplate/frame box
21 Plug box for electronic measuring instrument for checking condition of axial vibration damper
22 Tacho encoder for ME control system or Alpha lubrication system on MC engine
23 Tacho trigger ring for ME control system or Alpha lubrication system on MC engine
Pos. no: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
BWIII/RCF A A A A B A B A A A A A B B A A A
BWIII/CFE A A A A B A B A A A A A B B A A A
BWII/RCF A A A A A A A
BWII/CFE A A A A A A A
BWI/RCF A A A A B A B A A A
BWI/CFE A A A A B A B A A A A A
DMG/CFE A A A B C A B A A A
A: Preparations to be carried out by engine builder
B: Parts supplied by PTOmaker
C: See text of pos. no.
178 89 342.0
Crankshaft gear lubricated from the main engine lubricating oil system
The figures are to be added to the main engine capacity list:
Nominal output of generator kW 700 1,200 1,800 2,600
3
Lubricating oil flow m /h 4.1 4.1 4.9 6.2
Heat dissipation kW 12.1 20.8 31.1 45.0
Deck
Filling pipe
The dimensions
of dosage tank
depend on actual
type of gear Engine
oil
To main engine
Main
engine DR
DS
S S The letters refer to the ‘List of flanges’,
C/D C/D which will be extended by the engine builder,
when PTO systems are built on the main engine
From purifier
To purifier
Lube oil
bottom tank
178 25 235.0
DMG/CFE Generators
Option: 4 85 259
Fig. 4.01.01 alternative 5, shows the DMG/CFE For generators in the normal output range, the
(Direct Mounted Generator/Constant Frequency mass of the rotor can normally be carried by the
Electrical) which is a low speed generator with foremost main bearing without exceeding the per-
its rotor mounted directly on the crankshaft and missible bearing load (see Fig. 4.03.05), but this
its stator bolted on to the frame box as shown in must be checked by the engine manufacturer in
Figs. 4.03.04 and 4.03.05. each case.
The DMG/CFE is separated from the crankcase If the permissible load on the foremost main bear-
by a plate and a labyrinth stuffing box. ing is exceeded, e.g. because a tuning wheel
is needed, this does not preclude the use of a
The DMG/CFE system has been developed in co- DMG/CFE.
operation with the German generator manufactur-
ers Siemens and AEG, but similar types of gene-
rator can be supplied by others, e.g. Fuji, Taiyo
and Nishishiba in Japan.
Cubicles:
Distributor
Synchronous To switchboard
condenser Converter
Excitation
Control
Cooler
Stator housing
178 06 733.1
Crankshaft Crankshaft
Support
bearing
Pole wheel
Pole wheel
Tuning wheel
178 06 637.1
Fig. 4.03.05: Standard engine, with direct mounted generator and tuning wheel
Synchronous
condenser
Excitation converter
DMG
Smoothing reactor
Diesel engine Static converter
178 56 553.1
SMG/CFE Generators
Static converter
The PTO SMG/CFE (see Fig. 4.01.01 alternative 6)
The static frequency converter system (see Fig. has the same working principle as the PTO DMG/
4.03.06) consists of a static part, i.e. thyristors and CFE, but instead of being located on the front end
control equipment, and a rotary electric machine. of the engine, the alternator is installed aft of the
engine, with the rotor integrated on the intermedi-
The DMG produces a threephase alternating ate shaft.
current with a low frequency, which varies in ac-
cordance with the main engine speed. This alter- In addition to the yard deliveries mentioned for the
nating current is rectified and led to a thyristor in- PTO DMG/CFE, the shipyard must also provide
verter producing a threephase alternating current the foundation for the stator housing in the case
with constant frequency. of the PTO SMG/CFE.
Since the frequency converter system uses a DC The engine needs no preparation for the installa-
intermediate link, no reactive power can be sup- tion of this PTO system.
plied to the electric mains. To supply this reactive
power, a synchronous condenser is used. The
synchronous condenser consists of an ordinary
synchronous generator coupled to the electric
mains.
04/"7æ'#2æ
4HISæSECTIONæISæNOTæAPPLICABLE
ææ
-!.æ$IESEL
-!.æ"7æ
0AGEææOFæ
7ASTEæ(EATæ2ECOVERYæ3YSTEMSæ7(2
$UEæTOæTHEæINCREASINGæFUELæPRICESæSEENæFROMææ 4HEæ04'æSYSTEMæWILLæPRODUCEæPOWERæEQUIVALENTæTOæ
ANDæONWARDSæMANYæSHIPOWNERSæHAVEæSHOWNæINTER
APPROXææOFæTHEæMAINæENGINEæ3-#2æWHENæTHEæ
ESTæINæEFlCIENCYæIMPROVEMENTSæOFæTHEæPOWERæSYS
ENGINEæISæRUNNINGæATæ3-#2æ&ORæTHEæ34'æSYSTEMæ
TEMSæONæBOARDæTHEIRæSHIPSæ!æMODERNæTWO
STROKEæ THISæVALUEæISæBETWEENææANDææDEPENDINGæONæ
DIESELæENGINEæHASæONEæOFæTHEæHIGHESTæTHERMALæEFl
THEæSYSTEMæINSTALLEDæ7HENæCOMBININGæTHEæTWOæ
CIENCIESæOFæTODAYSæPOWERæSYSTEMSæBUTæEVENæTHISæ SYSTEMSæAæPOWERæOUTPUTæEQUIVALENTæTOææOFæTHEæ
HIGHæEFlCIENCYæCANæBEæIMPROVEDæBYæCOMBININGæTHEæ MAINæENGINESæ3-#2æISæPOSSIBLEæWHENæTHEæENGINEæ
DIESELæENGINEæWITHæOTHERæPOWERæSYSTEMS ISæRUNNINGæATæ3-#2æ
/NEæOFæTHEæPOSSIBILITIESæFORæIMPROVINGæTHEæEFlCIEN
!SæTHEæELECTRICALæPOWERæPRODUCEDæBYæTHEæSYSTEMæ
CYæISæTOæINSTALLæONEæORæMOREæSYSTEMSæUTILISINGæSOMEæ NEEDSæTOæBEæUSEDæONæBOARDæTHEæSHIPæSPECIFYINGæ
OFæTHEæENERGYæINæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæAFTERæTHEæTWO
THEæCORRECTæSIZEæSYSTEMæFORæAæSPECIlCæPROJECTæMUSTæ
STROKEæENGINEæWHICHæINæ-!.æ$IESELæTERMSæISæDES
BEæCONSIDEREDæCAREFULLYæ)NæCASESæWHEREæTHEæELEC
IGNATEDæASæ7(2æ7ASTEæ(EATæ2ECOVERYæ3YSTEMS æ TRICALæPOWERæCONSUMPTIONæONæBOARDæTHEæSHIPæISæ
LOWæAæSMALLERæSYSTEMæTHANæPOSSIBLEæFORæTHEæENGINEæ
7(2æCANæBEæDIVIDEDæINTOæDIFFERENTæTYPESæOFæSUB
TYPEæMAYæBEæCONSIDEREDæ!NOTHERæPOSSIBILITYæISæTOæ
SYSTEMSæDEPENDINGæONæHOWæTHEæSYSTEMæUTILISESæ INSTALLæAæSHAFTæGENERATORMOTORæTOæABSORBæEXCESSæ
THEæEXHAUSTæGASæENERGYæ#HOOSINGæTHEæRIGHTæSYS
POWERæPRODUCEDæBYæTHEæ7(2æ4HEæMAINæENGINEæ
TEMæFORæAæSPECIlCæPROJECTæDEPENDSæONæTHEæELECTRIC
WILLæTHENæBEæUNLOADEDæORæITæWILLæBEæPOSSIBLEæTOæIN
ITYæDEMANDæONæBOARDæTHEæSHIPæANDæTHEæACCEPTABLEæ CREASEæTHEæSPEEDæOFæTHEæSHIPæWITHOUTæPENALISINGæ
lRSTæCOSTæFORæTHEæCOMPLETEæINSTALLATIONæ-!.æ$IESELæ THEæFUELBILL
USESæTHEæFOLLOWINGæDESIGNATIONSæFORæTHEæCURRENTæ
SYSTEMSæONæTHEæMARKET "ECAUSEæTHEæENERGYæFROMæ7(2æISæTAKENæFROMæ
THEæEXHAUSTæGASæOFæTHEæMAINæENGINEæTHISæPOWERæ
sæ04'æ0OWERæ4URBINEæ'ENERATOR æ PRODUCEDæCANæBEæCONSIDEREDæASævFREEvæ)NæREALITYæ
æ !NæEXHAUSTæGASæDRIVENæTURBINEæCONNECTEDæTOæAæ THEæMAINæENGINEæ3&/#æWILLæINCREASEæSLIGHTLYæBUTæ
GENERATORæVIAæAæGEARBOX THEæGAINæINæELECTRICITYæPRODUCTIONæONæBOARDæTHEæ
SHIPæWILLæFARæSURPASSæTHISæINCREASEæINæ3&/#æ!SæANæ
sæ34'æ3TEAMæ4URBINEæ'ENERATOR EXAMPLEæTHEæ3&/#æOFæTHEæCOMBINEDæOUTPUTæOFæ
æ !æSTEAMæDRIVENæTURBINEæCONNECTEDæTOæAæGENERATORæ BOTHæTHEæENGINEæANDæTHEæSYSTEMæWITHæPOWERæANDæ
VIAæAæGEARBOXæ4HEæSTEAMæISæPRODUCEDæINæAæLARGEæ STEAMæTURBINEæCANæBEæCALCULATEDæTOæBEæASæLOWæASæ
EXHAUSTæGASæDRIVENæBOILERæINSTALLEDæONæTHEæMAINæ æGK7HæREFæ,#6ææK*KG
ENGINEæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPINGæSYSTEM
sæ#OMBINEDæ4URBINESæ
æ !æCOMBINATIONæOFæTHEæTWOælRSTæSYSTEMSæ4HEæAR
RANGEMENTæISæOFTENæTHATæTHEæPOWERæTURBINEæISæ
CONNECTEDæTOæTHEæSTEAMæTURBINEæVIAæAæGEARBOXæ
ANDæTHEæSTEAMæTURBINEæISæFURTHERæCONNECTEDæTOæAæ
LARGEæGENERATORæWHICHæABSORBSæTHEæPOWERæFROMæ
BOTHæTURBINES
0OWERæ4URBINEæ'ENERATORæ04'
4HEæPOWERæTURBINESæOFæTODAYæAREæBASEDæONæTHEæDIF
4HEæPERFORMANCEæOFæTHEæ04'æANDæTHEæMAINæENGINEæ
FERENTæTURBOCHARGERæSUPPLIERSæNEWESTæDESIGNSæOFæ WILLæDEPENDæONæAæCAREFULæMATCHINGæOFæTHEæENGINEæ
HIGH
EFlCIENCYæTURBOCHARGERSæIEæ-!.æ$IESELSæ TURBOCHARGERSæANDæTHEæPOWERæTURBINEæFORæWHICHæ
4#!æ!""Sæ40,æANDæ-ITSUBISHISæ-!æTURBOCHARG
REASONæTHEæTURBOCHARGERSæANDæTHEæPOWERæTURBINEæ
ERS NEEDæTOæBEæFROMæTHEæSAMEæMANUFACTURERæ)Næ&IGæ
æAæSIMPLEæDIAGRAMæOFæTHEæ04'æARRANGEMENTæ
4HEæPOWERæTURBINEæBASICALLYæISæTHEæTURBINEæSIDEæOFæ ISæSHOWNæ4HEæQUICK
OPENINGæANDæQUICK
CLOSINGæ
AæNORMALæHIGH
EFlCIENTæTURBOCHARGERæWITHæSOMEæ VALVESæAREæUSEDæINæTHEæEVENTæOFæAæBLACKOUTæOFæTHEæ
MODIlCATIONSæTOæTHEæBEARINGSæANDæTHEæTURBINEæ GRIDæINæWHICHæCASEæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæWILLæBYPASSæ
SHAFTæ4HISæISæINæORDERæTOæBEæABLEæTOæCONNECTæITæTOæ THEæPOWERæTURBINEæ
AæGEARBOXæINSTEADæOFæTHEæNORMALæCONNECTIONæTOæ
THEæCOMPRESSORæSIDEæ4HEæPOWERæTURBINEæWILLæBEæ 4HEæNEWESTæGENERATIONæOFæHIGH
EFlCIENCYæTURBO
INSTALLEDæONæAæSEPARATEæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPEæFROMæTHEæ CHARGERSæALLOWSæBYPASSINGæOFæSOMEæOFæTHEæMAINæ
EXHAUSTæGASæRECEIVERæWHICHæBYPASSESæTHEæTURBO
ENGINEæEXHAUSTæGASæTHEREBYæCREATINGæAæNEWæBAL
CHARGERS ANCEæOFæTHEæAIRæmOWæTHROUGHæTHEæENGINEæ)NæTHISæ
WAYæITæISæPOSSIBLEæTOæEXTRACTæPOWERæFROMæTHEæPOWERæ
TURBINEæEQUIVALENTæTOææOFæTHEæMAINæENGINESæ
3-#2æWHENæTHEæENGINEæISæRUNNINGæATæ3-#2
0IPE -AIN
SWITCHBOARD
%LECTRICALæWIRING 4OæFUNNEL
'EN3ET
'EN3ET
1UICK
CLOSING
VALVE
0OWER
TURBINE
1UICK
OPENING
VALVE
'EARBOX
%XHAUSTæGASæRECEIVER
"UTTERFLY 1UICK
VALVE CLOSING
VALVE
-AINæENGINE
3HAFT
GENERATOR
MOTOR
ææ
&IGææ04'æDIAGRAM
-AINTENANCEæSPACE
æçææM æçææM
2EDUCTIONæGEAR
0OWERæTURBINE 'ENERATOR
æM
7IDTHææM
æææ
&IGææ4HEæSIZEæOFæAææK7æ04'æSYSTEMæDEPENDINGæONæTHEæSUPPLIER
3TEAMæ4URBINEæ'ENERATORæ34'
)NæMOSTæCASESæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPEæSYSTEMæOFæ 4HEæEXTRAæSTEAMæPRODUCEDæINæTHEæBOILERæCANæBEæ
THEæMAINæENGINEæISæEQUIPPEDæWITHæAæBOILERæSYSTEMæ UTILISEDæINæAæSTEAMæTURBINEæWHICHæCANæBEæUSEDæTOæ
7ITHæTHISæBOILERæSOMEæOFæTHEæENERGYæINæTHEæEXHAUSTæ DRIVEæAæGENERATORæFORæPOWERæPRODUCTIONæONæBOARDæ
GASæISæUTILISEDæTOæPRODUCEæSTEAMæFORæUSEæONæBOARDæ THEæSHIPæ!Næ34'æSYSTEMæCOULDæBEæARRANGEDæASæ
THEæSHIP SHOWNæINæ&IGææWHEREæAæTYPICALæSYSTEMæSIZEæ
ISæSHOWNæWITHæTHEæOUTLINEæDIMENSIONS
)FæTHEæENGINEæISæ7(2æMATCHEDæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæ
TEMPERATUREæWILLæBEæBETWEENæª#æANDæª#æ 4HEæSTEAMæTURBINEæCANæEITHERæBEæAæSINGLEæORæDUALæ
HIGHERæTHANæONæAæCONVENTIONALæENGINEæWHICHæ PRESSUREæTURBINEæDEPENDINGæONæTHEæSIZEæOFæTHEæ
MAKESæITæPOSSIBLEæTOæINSTALLæAæLARGERæBOILERæSYSTEMæ SYSTEMæ3TEAMæPRESSUREæFORæAæSINGLEæPRESSUREæSYS
ANDæTHEREBYæPRODUCEæMOREæSTEAMæ)NæSHORTæ-!.æ TEMæISææTOææBARAæANDæFORæTHEæDUALæPRESSUREæSYS
$IESELæDESIGNATESæTHISæSYSTEMæ34'æ&IGææ TEMæTHEæHIGH
PRESSUREæCYCLEæWILLæBEææTOææBARAæ
SHOWSæANæEXAMPLEæOFæTHEæARRANGEMENTæOFæ34' ANDæTHEæLOW
PRESSUREæCYCLEæWILLæBEææTOææBARA
&ORæ7(2æMATCHINGæTHEæENGINEæAæBYPASSæISæIN
STALLEDæTOæINCREASEæTHEæTEMPERATUREæOFæTHEæEXHAUSTæ
GASæANDæIMPROVEæTHEæBOILERæOUTPUTæ
4OæFUNNEL
0IPE
%LECTRICALæWIRING
,0æSTEAM -AINæSWITCHBOARD
3TEAM
%CONOMISER 'EN3ET
(0æSTEAM 'EN3ET
'EN3ET
3TEAMæ
REGULATINGæ
VALVE 3TEAMæ
TURBINE
"UTTERFLY
6ALVE 'EARBOX
%XHAUSTæGASæRECEIVER
4OæECONOMISER #OOLING
#ONDENSER 7ATER
-AINæENGINE
3HAFT
'ENERATOR &EEDWATERæ
-OTOR PUMP (OTWELL
ææ
&IGææ3TEAMæDIAGRAM
-AINTENANCEæSPACE
æçææM ææçææM
/VERHAULæHEIGHT
æçææM
%XPANSIONæJOINT #ONDENSER
æçææM
#ONDENSATEæPUMP
-AINTENANCEæSPACE
APPROXææçææM æçææM
7IDTHææçææM
æææ
&IGææ4YPICALæSYSTEMæSIZEæFORææK7æ34'æSYSTEM
#OMBINEDæ4URBINESæ
4OæFUNNEL
0IPE -AINæSWITCHBOARD
%LECTRICALæWIRING 'EN3ET
,0æSTEAM
3TEAM
%CONOMISER
'EN3ET
(0æSTEAM
3TEAMæ
1UICKæCLOSINGæVALVE REGULATINGæ
VALVE
0OWERæ 3TEAMæ
1UICK TURBINE
/PENING TURBINE
'EARBOX
6ALVE
'EARBOX
%XHAUSTæGASæRECEIVER
"UTTERFLYæ 1UICKæ
VALVE CLOSINGæ
VALVE
4OæECONOMISER #ONDENSER #OOLINGæ
WATER
-AINæENGINE
3HAFT
GENERATOR &EEDWATERæ
MOTOR PUMP (OTWELL
ææ
&IGææ#OMBINEDæTURBINESæDIAGRAM
-AINTENANCEæSPACE
æçææM æçææM
2EDUCTIONæGEAR
/VERHAULæHEIGHT
ææææçææM
%XPANSIONæJOINT #ONDENSER
æçææM
#ONDENSATEæPUMP
-AINTENANCEæSPACE
æçææM æçææM
7IDTHææçææM
æææ
&IGææ4YPICALæSYSTEMæSIZEæFORææK7æCOMBINEDæTURBINES
7(2æOUTPUT
"ECAUSEæALLæTHEæCOMPONENTSæCOMEæFROMæDIFFERENTæ $ETAILEDæINFORMATIONæONæTHEæDIFFERENTæSYSTEMSæISæ
MANUFACTURERSæTHEælNALæOUTPUTæANDæTHEæSYSTEMæ FOUNDæINæOURæPAPERæ@4HERMOæ%FlCIENCYæ3YSTEMæ
EFlCIENCYæHASæTOæBEæCALCULATEDæFROMæCASEæTOæCASEæ WHEREæTHEæDIFFERENTæSYSTEMSæAREæDESCRIBEDæINæ
(OWEVERæ&IGææSHOWSæAæGUIDANCEæOFæPOS
GREATERæDETAILæ4HEæPAPERæISæAVAILABLEæATæWWW
SIBLEæOUTPUTSæBASEDæONæTHEORETICALLYæCALCULATEDæ MANDIESELCOMæUNDERæ@1UICKLINKSæ-æ@4ECHNICALæ
OUTPUTSæFROMæTHEæSYSTEM 0APERSæFROMæWHEREæITæCANæBEæDOWNLOADED
4ABLEææ4HEORETICALLYæCALCULATEDæOUTPUTS
A B 830 1000
C Q
178 23 031.0
**Dry weight
No. of Cyls. A (mm) * B (mm) * C (mm) H (mm)
GenSet (t)
5 (1,000 r/min) 2,751 1,400 4,151 2,457 9.5
5 (1,200 r/min) 2,751 1,400 4,151 2,457 9.5
6 (1,000 r/min) 3,026 1,490 4,516 2,457 10.5
6 (1,200 r/min) 3,026 1,490 4,516 2,457 10.5
7 (1,000 r/min) 3,501 1,585 5,086 2,457 11.4
7 (1,200 r/min) 3,501 1,585 5,086 2,457 11.4
8 (1,000 r/min) 3,776 1,680 5,456 2,495 12.4
8 (1,200 r/min) 3,776 1,680 5,456 2,457 12.4
9 (1,000 r/min) 4,151 1,680 5,731 2,495 13.1
9 (1,200 r/min) 4,151 1,680 5,731 2,495 13.1
P Free passage between the engines, width 600 mm and height 2,000 mm
Q Min. distance between engines: 1,800 mm
* Depending on alternator
** Weight incl. standard alternator (based on a Leroy Somer alternator)
All dimensions and masses are approximate and subject to change without prior notice.
178 33 874.3
Cyl. 5 6 7 8 9
Max. continuous rating at 1,000 rpm kW 450 540 630 720 810
Example: if the inlet temperature is 25°C, then the L.T. flow will
change to (44-36)/(44-25)*100 = 42% of the original flow. If the
temperature rises above 36°C, then the L.T. outlet will rise ac-
cordingly.
178 56 53-3.0
Fig. 4.06.02a: List of capacities for L16/24 1,000 rpm, IMO Tier I. Tier II values available on request.
Cyl. 5 6 7 8 9
Max continues rating 1,200 rpm kW 500 660 770 880 990
The stated heat balances are based on tropical conditions. The exhaust gas data (exhaust gas flow, exhaust gas temp.
and air consumption). are based on ISO ambient condition.
* The outlet temperature of the HT water is fixed to 80°C, and 44°C for the LT water
Example: If the inlet temperature is 25°C then the LT flow will change to (44-36)/(44-25)*100 = 42% of the original flow.
If the temperature rises above 36°C, then the L.T. outlet will rise acordingly.
Fig. 4.06.02b: List of capacities for L16/24 1,200 rpm, IMO Tier I. Tier II values available on request.
# 1
178 23 043.2
**Dry weight
Cyl. no A (mm) * B (mm) * C (mm) H (mm)
GenSet (t)
5 (900 rpm) 3,959 1,820 5,829 3,183 21.5
5 (1000 rpm) 3,959 1,870 5,829 3,183 21.5
6 (900 rpm) 4,314 2,000 6,314 3,183 23.7
6 (1000 rpm) 4,314 2,000 6,314 3,183 23.7
7 (900 rpm) 4,669 1,970 6,639 3,183 25.9
7 (1000 rpm) 4,669 1,970 6,639 3,183 25.9
8 (900 rpm) 5,024 2,250 7,274 3,289 28.5
8 (1000 rpm) 5,024 2,250 7,274 3,289 28.5
9 (900 rpm) 5,379 2,400 7,779 3,289 30.9
9 (1000 rpm) 5,379 2,400 7,779 3,289 30.9
P Free passage between the engines, width 600 mm and height 2000 mm.
Q Min. distance between engines: 2400 mm (without gallery) and 2600 mm (with galley)
* Depending on alternator
** Weight incl. standard alternator (based on a Uljanik alternator)
All dimensions and masses are approximate, and subject to changes without prior notice.
Engine-driven pumps:
LT cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m³/h 55 55 55 55 55
HT cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m³/h 55 55 55 55 55
Lubricating oil pump (3-5 bar) m³/h 31 31 41 41 41
External pumps:
Max. delivery pressure of cooling water pumps bar 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Diesel oil pump (5 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.65 0.91 1.06 1.21 1.36
Fuel oil supply pump (4 bar discharge pressure) m³/h 0.32 0.44 0.52 0.59 0.67
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.66 0.92 1.07 1.23 1.38
Cooling capacities:
Lubricating oil kW 195 158 189 218 247
LT charge air kW 118 313 366 418 468
Total LT system kW 313 471 555 636 715
LT flow at 36°C inlet and 44°C outlet* m³/h 27.0 44.0 48.1 51.9 54.0
Jacket cooling kW 154 274 326 376 427
HT charge air kW 201 337 383 429 475
Total HT system kW 355 611 709 805 902
HT flow at 44°C inlet and 80°C outlet* m³/h 8.5 19.8 22.6 25.3 27.9
Total from engine kW 668 1082 1264 1441 1617
LT flow from engine at 36°C inlet m³/h 27.0 43.5 47.6 51.3 53.5
LT outlet temperature from engine at 36°C inlet °C 55 58 59 61 63
( 1-string cooling water system )
Gas data:
Exhaust gas flow kg/h 6,679 9,600 11,200 12,800 14,400
Exhaust gas temperature at turbine outlet °C 335 348 348 348 348
Maximum allowable back pressure bar 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025
Air consumption kg/h 6,489 9,330 10,900 12,400 14,000
Starting air system:
Air consumption per start incl. air for jet assist Nm³ 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
Heat radiation:
Engine kW 49 50 54 58
Alternator kW ( See separate data from alternator maker )
The stated heat balances are based on 100% load and tropical
condition.
The mass flows and exhaust gas temperature are based on ISO
ambient condition.
* The outlet temperature of the HT water is fixed to 80°C, and
44°C for the LT water.
At different inlet temperature the flow will change accordingly.
17856 53-3.0
Example: If the inlet temperature is 25°C then the LT flow will
change to (44-36)/(44-25)*100 = 42% of the original flow.
The HT flow will not change.
Fig. 4.07.02a: List of capacities for L21/31, 900 rpm, IMO Tier I. Tier II values available on request.
Engine-driven pumps:
LT cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m³/h 61 61 61 61 61
HT cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m³/h 61 61 61 61 61
Lubricating oil pump (3-5 bar) m³/h 34 34 46 46 46
External pumps:
Max. delivery pressure of cooling water pumps bar 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Diesel oil pump (5 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.69 0.92 1.08 1.23 1.38
Fuel oil supply pump (4 bar discharge pressure) m³/h 0.34 0.45 0.53 0.60 0.68
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.70 0.93 1.09 1.25 1.40
Cooling capacities:
Lubricating oil kW 206 162 192 222 252
LT charge air kW 125 333 388 443 499
Total LT system kW 331 495 580 665 751
LT flow at 36°C inlet and 44°C outlet* m³/h 35.5 47.8 52.1 56.2 60.5
Jacket cooling kW 163 280 332 383 435
HT charge air kW 212 361 411 460 509
Total HT system kW 374 641 743 843 944
HT flow at 44°C inlet and 80°C outlet* m³/h 8.9 20.9 23.9 26.7 29.5
Total from engine kW 705 1136 1323 1508 1695
LT flow from engine at 36°C inlet m³/h 35.5 47.2 51.5 55.6 59.9
LT outlet temperature from engine at 36°C inlet °C 53 57 59 60 61
(1-string cooling water system)
Gas data:
Exhaust gas flow kg/h 6,920 10,200 11,900 13,600 15,300
Exhaust gas temperature at turbine outlet °C 335 333 333 333 333
Maximum allowable back pressure bar 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025
Air consumption kg/h 6,720 9,940 11,600 13,200 14,900
Starting air system:
Air consumption per start incl. air for jet assist Nm³ 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
Heat radiation:
Engine kW 21 47 50 54 56
Alternator kW ( See separate data from alternator maker )
The stated heat balances are based on 100% load and tropical
condition.
The mass flows and exhaust gas temperature are based on ISO
ambient condition.
* The outlet temperature of the HT water is fixed to 80°C, and
44°C for the LT water.
At different inlet temperature the flow will change accordingly.
17856 53-3.0
Example: If the inlet temperature is 25°C then the LT flow will
change to (44-36)/(44-25)*100 = 42% of the original flow.
The HT flow will not change.
Fig. 4.07.02a: List of capacities for L21/31, 1,000 rpm, IMO Tier I. Tier II values available on request.
H P
A B 1,270 1,600
C Q
178 23 067.0
**Dry weight
No. of Cyls. A (mm) * B (mm) * C (mm) H (mm)
GenSet (t)
5 (720 r/min) 3,369 2,155 5,524 2,383 18.0
5 (750 r/min) 3,369 2,155 5,524 2,383 18.0
6 (720 r/min) 3,738 2,265 6,004 2,383 19.7
6 (750 r/min) 3,738 2,265 6,004 2,383 19.7
6 (900 r/min) 3,738 2,265 6,004 2,815 21.0
7 (720 r/min) 4,109 2,395 6,504 2,815 21.4
7 (750 r/min) 4,109 2,395 6,504 2,815 21.4
7 (900 r/min) 4,109 2,395 6,504 2,815 22.8
8 (720 r/min) 4,475 2,480 6,959 2,815 23.5
8 (750 r/min) 4,475 2,480 6,959 2,815 23.5
8 (900 r/min) 4,475 2,340 6,815 2,815 24.5
P Free passage between the engines, width 600 mm and height 2,000 mm 178 34 537.1
Q Min. distance between engines: 2,250 mm
* Depending on alternator
** Weight includes a standard alternator, make A. van Kaick
All dimensions and masses are approximate and subject to change without prior notice.
Engine-driven Pumps:
Fuel oil feed pump (5.5-7.5 bar) m3/h 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L.T. cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 55 55 55 55
H.T. cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 36 36 36 36
Lub. oil main pump (3-5 bar) m3/h 16 16 20 20
Separate Pumps:
Diesel oil pump (4 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.46/0.48 0.55/0.57 0.64/0.67 0.73/0.76
Fuel oil supply pump *** (4 bar discharge pressure) m3/h 0.22/0.23 0.27/0.28 0.31/0.33 0.36/0.37
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.46/0.48 0.56/0.58 0.65/0.67 0.74/0.77
L.T. cooling water pump* (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 35 42 48 55
L.T. cooling water pump** (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 48 54 60 73
H.T. cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 20 24 28 32
Lub. oil stand-by pump (3-5 bar) m3/h 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0
Cooling Capacities:
Lubricating Oil:
Heat dissipation kW 69 84 98 112
L.T. cooling water quantity* m3/h 5.3 6.4 7.5 8.5
L.T. cooling water quantity** m3/h 18 18 18 25
Lub. oil temp. inlet cooler °C 67 67 67 67
L.T. cooling water temp. inlet cooler °C 36 36 36 36
Charge Air:
Heat dissipation kW 251 299 348 395
L.T. cooling water quantity m3/h 30 36 42 48
L.T. cooling water inlet cooler °C 36 36 36 36
Jacket Cooling:
Heat dissipation kW 182 219 257 294
H.T. cooling water quantity m3/h 20 24 28 32
H.T. cooling water temp. inlet cooler °C 77 77 77 77
Gas Data:
Exhaust gas flow kg/h 5,510 6,620 7,720 8,820
Exhaust gas temp. °C 310 310 310 310
Max. allowable back. press. bar 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025
Air consumption kg/s 1.49 1.79 2.09 2.39
Starting Air System:
Air consumption per start Nm3 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Heat Radiation:
Engine kW 21 25 29 34
Generator kW (See separat data from generator maker)
The stated heat dissipation, capacities of gas and engine-driven pumps are given at 720 RPM. Heat dissipation gas and pump capaci-
ties at 750 RPM are 4% higher than stated. If L.T. cooling are sea water, the L.T. inlet is 32° C instead of 36°C.
Based on tropical conditions, except for exhaust flow and air consumption which are based on ISO conditions.
* Only valid for engines equipped with internal basic cooling water system nos. 1 and 2.
** Only valid for engines equipped with combined coolers, internal basic cooling water system no. 3.
*** To compensate for built on pumps, ambient condition, calorific value and adequate circulations flow. The ISO fuel oil consumption is
multiplied by 1.45.
Fig. 4.08.02a: List of capacities for L23/30H, 720/750 rpm, IMO Tier I.
Engine-driven Pumps:
Fuel oil feed pump (5.5-7.5 bar) m3/h 1.3 1.3 1.3
L.T. cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 69 69 69
H.T. cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 45 45 45
Lub. oil main pump (3.5-5 bar) m3/h 20 20 20
Separate Pumps:
Diesel oil pump (4 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.69 0.81 0.92
Fuel oil supply pump*** (4 bar discharge pressure) m3/h 0.34 0.40 0.45
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.70 0.82 0.94
L.T. cooling water pump* (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 52 61 70
L.T. cooling water pump** (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 63 71 85
H.T. cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 30 35 40
Lub. oil stand-by pump (3.5-5 bar) m3/h 17 18 19
Cooling Capacities:
Lubricating Oil:
Heat dissipation kW 117 137 158
L.T. cooling water quantity* m3/h 7.5 8.8 10.1
SW L.T. cooling water quantity** m3/h 18 18 25
Lub. oil temp. inlet cooler °C 67 67 67
L.T. cooling water temp. inlet cooler °C 36 36 36
Charge Air:
Heat dissipation kW 369 428 487
L.T. cooling water quantity m3/h 46 53 61
L.T. cooling water inlet cooler °C 36 36 36
Jacket Cooling:
Heat dissipation kW 239 281 323
H.T. cooling water quantity m3/h 30 35 40
H.T. cooling water temp. inlet cooler °C 77 77 77
Gas Data:
Exhaust gas flow kg/h 8,370 9,770 11,160
Exhaust gas temp. °C 325 325 325
Max. allowable back. press. bar 0.025 0.025 0.025
Air consumption kg/s 2.25 2.62 3.00
Startiang Air System:
Air consumption per start Nm3 2.0 2.0 2.0
Haeat Radiation:
Engine kW 32 37 42
Generator kW (See separat data from generator maker)
If L.T. cooling are sea water, the L.T. inlet is 32° C instead of 36° C.
Based on tropical conditions, except for exhaust flow and air consumption which are based on ISO conditions.
* Only valid for engines equipped with internal basic cooling water system nos. 1 and 2.
** Only valid for engines equipped with combined coolers, internal basic cooling water system no. 3.
*** To compensate for built on pumps, ambient condition, calorific value and adequate circulations flow. The ISO fuel oil consumption is
multiplied by 1.45.
Fig. 4.08.02b: List of capacities for L23/30H, 900 rpm, IMO Tier I.
H P
A B 1,480 1,770
C Q 1,285
178 23 079.0
**Dry weight
No. of Cyls. A (mm) * B (mm) * C (mm) H (mm)
GenSet (t)
5 (720 r/min) 4,346 2,486 6,832 3,628 42.3
5 (750 r/min) 4,346 2,486 6,832 3,628 42.3
6 (720 r/min) 4,791 2,766 7,557 3,712 45.8
6 (750 r/min) 4,791 2,766 7,557 3,712 46.1
7 (720 r/min) 5,236 2,766 8,002 3,712 52.1
7 (750 r/min) 5,236 2,766 8,002 3,712 52.1
8 (720 r/min) 5,681 2,986 8,667 3,899 56.3
8 (750 r/min) 5,681 2,986 8,667 3,899 58.3
9 (720 r/min) 6,126 2,986 9,112 3,899 63.9
9 (750 r/min) 6,126 2,986 9,112 3,899 63.9
P Free passage between the engines, width 600 mm and height 2,000 mm 178 33 898.2
Q Min. distance between engines: 2,900 mm (without gallery) and 3,100 mm (with gallery)
* Depending on alternator
** Weight includes a standard alternator
All dimensions and masses are approximate and subject to change without prior notice.
Cyl. 5 6 7 8 9
Max continues rating 720 RPM kW 1,500 1,980 2,310 2,640 2,970
Cyl. 5 6 7 8 9
Max continues rating 750 RPM kW 1,600 1,980 2,310 2,640 2,970
Engine driven pumps:
LT cooling water pump 2.5 bar m³/h 70 70 70 70 70
HT cooling water pump 2.5 bar m³/h 70 70 70 70 70
Lubricating oil main pump 8 bar m³/h 66 66 96 96 96
Separate pumps:
Max. Delivery pressure of cooling water pumps bar 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Diesel oil pump (5 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 1.10 1.34 1.57 1.79 2.01
Fuel oil supply pump (4 bar discharge pressure) m³/h 0.54 0.66 0.77 0.88 0.99
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 1.11 1.36 1.59 1.81 2.04
Cooling capacity:
Lubricating oil kW 217 283 328 376 420
Charge air LT kW 155 392 436 473 504
Total LT system kW 372 675 764 849 924
Flow LT at 36°C inlet and 44°C outlet m³/h 40 70 70 70 70
Jacket cooling kW 402 486 573 664 754
Charge air HT kW 457 558 640 722 802
Total HT system kW 859 1,044 1,213 1,386 1,556
Flow HT at 44°Cinlet and 80°C outlet m³/h 21 22 27 32 38
Total from engine kW 1,231 1,719 1,977 2,235 2,480
LT flow at 36°C inlet m³/h 40 70 70 70 70
LT temp. Outlet engine °C 62 55 58 61 64
(at 36°C and 1 string cooling water system)
Gas Data:
Exhaust gas flow kg/h 11,693 15,000 17,400 19,900 22,400
Exhaust gas temp. °C 330 305 305 305 305
Max. Allowable back press. bar 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025
Air consumption kg/h 11,662 14,600 17,000 19,400 21,800
Starting Air System:
Air consumption per start Nm3 2.5 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3
Heat Radiation:
Engine kW 54 64 75 68 73
Alternator kW (see separate data from the alternator maker)
H P
A B 1,490 1,800
C Q 1,126
178 23 092.0
**Dry weight
No. of Cyls. A (mm) * B (mm) * C (mm) H (mm)
GenSet (t)
5 (720 r/min) 4,279 2,400 6,679 3,184 32.6
5 (750 r/min) 4,279 2,400 6,679 3,184 32.6
6 (720 r/min) 4,759 2,510 7,269 3,184 36.3
6 (750 r/min) 4,759 2,510 7,269 3,184 36.3
7 (720 r/min) 5,499 2,680 8,179 3,374 39.4
7 (750 r/min) 5,499 2,680 8,179 3,374 39.4
8 (720 r/min) 5,979 2,770 8,749 3,374 40.7
8 (750 r/min) 5,979 2,770 8,749 3,374 40.7
9 (720 r/min) 6,199 2,690 8,889 3,534 47.1
9 (750 r/min) 6,199 2,690 8,889 3,534 47.1
P Free passage between the engines, width 600 mm and height 2,000 mm
Q Min. distance between engines: 2,655 mm (without gallery) and 2,850 mm (with gallery)
* Depending on alternator
** Weight includes a standard alternator, make A. van Kaick
All dimensions and masses are approximate and subject to change without prior notice. 178 33 921.3
Engine-driven Pumps:
Fuel oil feed pump (5.5-7.5 bar) m3/h 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
L.T. cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 45 60 75 75 75
H.T. cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 45 45 60 60 60
Lub. oil main pump (3-5 bar) m3/h 23 23 31 31 31
Separate Pumps:
Diesel oil Pump (4 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.73/0.77 0.88/0.92 1.02/1.08 1.17/1.23 1.32/1.38
Fuel oil supply pump *** (4 bar discharge pressure) m3/h 0.36/0.38 0.43/0.45 0.50/0.53 0.57/0.60 0.64/0.68
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m³/h 0.74/0.78 0.89/0.93 1.04/1.09 1.18/1.25 1.33/1.40
L.T. cooling water pump* (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 45 54 65 77 89
L.T. cooling water pump** (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 65 73 95 105 115
H.T. cooling water pump (1-2.5 bar) m3/h 37 45 50 55 60
Lub. oil stand-by pump (3-5 bar) m3/h 22 23 25 27 28
Cooling Capacities:
Lubricating Oil:
Heat dissipation kW 105 127 149 172 194
L.T. cooling water quantity* m3/h 7.8 9.4 11.0 12.7 14.4
SW L.T. cooling water quantity** m3/h 28 28 40 40 40
Lub. oil temp. inlet cooler °C 67 67 67 67 67
L.T. cooling water temp. inlet cooler °C 36 36 36 36 36
Charge Air:
Heat dissipation kW 393 467 541 614 687
L.T. cooling water quantity m3/h 37 45 55 65 75
L.T. cooling water inlet cooler °C 36 36 36 36 36
Jacket Cooling:
Heat dissipation kW 264 320 375 432 489
H.T. cooling water quantity m3/h 37 45 50 55 60
H.T. cooling water temp. inlet cooler °C 77 77 77 77 77
Gas Data:
Exhaust gas flow kg/h 9,260 11,110 12,970 14,820 16,670
Exhaust gas temp. °C 305 305 305 305 305
Max. allowable back. press. bar 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025
Air consumption kg/s 2.51 3.02 3.52 4.02 4.53
Heat Radiation:
Engine kW 26 32 38 44 50
Generator kW (See separat data from generator maker)
The stated heat dissipation, capacities of gas and engine-driven pumps are given at 720 RPM. Heat dissipation gas and pump capaci-
ties at 750 RPM are 4% higher than stated. If L.T. cooling are sea water, the L.T. inlet is 32° C instead of 36°C.
Based on tropical conditions, except for exhaust flow and air consumption which are based on ISO conditions.
* Only valid for engines equipped with internal basic cooling water system nos. 1 and 2.
** Only valid for engines equipped with combined coolers, internal basic cooling water system no. 3.
*** To compensate for built on pumps, ambient condition, calorific value and adequate circulations flow. The ISO fuel oil consumption
is multiplied by 1.45.
Fig. 4.10.02: List of capacities for L28/32H, IMO Tier I.
Installation Aspects
5
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 5.01
Page 1 of 1
The latest version of most of the drawings of this A special crane beam for dismantling the turbo-
section is available for download at www.mandie- charger must be fitted. The lifting capacity of the
sel.com under ‘Marine’ → ‘Low Speed’ → ‘Instal- crane beam for dismantling the turbocharger is
lation Drawings’. First choose engine series, then stated in Section 5.03.
engine type and select from the list of drawings
available for download. The overhaul tools for the engine are designed
to be used with a crane hook according to DIN
15400, June 1990, material class M and load ca-
Space Requirements for the Engine pacity 1Am and dimensions of the single hook
type according to DIN 15401, part 1.
The space requirements stated in Section 5.02
are valid for engines rated at nominal MCR (L1). The total length of the engine at the crankshaft
level may vary depending on the equipment to
The additional space needed for engines be fitted on the fore end of the engine, such as
equipped with PTO is stated in Chapter 4. adjustable counterweights, tuning wheel, moment
compensators or PTO.
If, during the project stage, the outer dimensions
of the turbocharger seem to cause problems, it
is possible, for the same number of cylinders, to
use turbochargers with smaller dimensions by
increasing the indicated number of turbochargers
by one, see Chapter 3.
Overhaul of Engine
Space Requirement
F G
Deck beam
Engine room crane
0
Cyl. 1
E
V˚
H1/H2
P
H3
D
A
B
I J
Tank top
Cofferdam
Cofferdam
C
Lub. oil tank Cofferdam
K L M N
A
Free space
for maintenance
Minimum access conditions around the engine to be used for an escape route is 600 mm.
The dimensions are given in mm, and are for guidance only. If the dimensions cannot be fulfilled, please contact MAN Diesel or our
local representative.
Fig. 5.02.01a: Space requirement for the engine, turbocharger on exhaust side (4 59 122) 515 90 52-7.1.0
Cyl. No. 5 6 7
A 1,424 Cylinder distance
B 1,786 Distance from crankshaft centre line to foundation
The dimension includes a cofferdam of 600 mm and must fulfil minimum
C 4,601 4,641 4,721
height to tank top according to classification rules
8,723 8,720 8,720 MAN Diesel TCA
Dimensions according to turbocharger choice at
D* - 8,675 8,780 ABB TPL
nominal MCR
8,778 8,740 8,681 Mitsubishi MET
5,066 4,484 4,830 MAN Diesel TCA
Dimensions according to turbocharger choice at
E* 5,163 4,324 4,842 ABB TPL
nominal MCR
4,989 4,368 4,775 Mitsubishi MET
F 4,100 See drawing: ‘Engine Top Bracing’, if top bracing fitted on camshaft side
- - - MAN Diesel TCA
The required space to the engine room casing includes
G - - - ABB TPL
mechanical top bracing
- - - Mitsubishi MET
H1* 14,325 Minimum overhaul height, normal lifting procedure
H2* 13,175 Minimum overhaul height, reduced height lifting procedure
The minimum distance from crankshaft centre line to lower edge of deck
H3* 12,950
beam, when using MAN B&W Double Jib Crane
I 2,500 Length from crankshaft centre line to outer side bedplate
J 510 Space for tightening control of holding down bolts
K must be equal to or larger than the propeller shaft, if the propeller shaft is
K See text
to be drawn into the engine room
L* 11,229 12,653 14,077 Minimum length of a basic engine, without 2nd order moment compensators
* The min. engine room crane height is ie. dependent on the choice of crane, see the actual heights “H1”, “H2” or
“H3”.
The min. engine room height is dependent on “H1”, “H2”, “H3” or “E+D”.
For the overhaul of a turbocharger, a crane beam The crane beam can be bolted to brackets that
with trolleys is required at each end of the turbo- are fastened to the ship structure or to columns
charger. that are located on the top platform of the engine.
Two trolleys are to be available at the compressor The lifting capacity of the crane beam for the
end and one trolley is needed at the gas inlet end. heaviest component ‘W’, is indicated in Fig.
5.03.01b for the various turbocharger makes. The
Crane beam no. 1 is for dismantling of turbocharg- crane beam shall be dimensioned for lifting the
er components. weight ‘W’ with a deflection of some 5 mm only.
Crane beam no. 2 is for transporting turbocharger
components. HB indicates the position of the crane hook in the
See Figs. 5.03.01a and 5.03.02. vertical plane related to the centre of the turbo-
charger. HB and b also specifies the minimum
The crane beams can be omitted if the main engine space for dismantling.
room crane also covers the turbocharger area.
For engines with the turbocharger(s) located on
The crane beams are used and dimensioned for the exhaust side, EoD No. 4 59 122, the letter
lifting the following components: ‘a’ indicates the distance between vertical cen-
trelines of the engine and the turbocharger.
• Exhaust gas inlet casing
• Turbocharger inlet silencer MAN B&W
• Compressor casing Units TCA77 TCA88
• Turbine rotor with bearings W kg 2,000 3,000
HB mm 1,800 2,000
The crane beams are to be placed in relation to the b m 800 1,000
turbocharger(s) so that the components around the
gas outlet casing can be removed in connection
ABB
with overhaul of the turbocharger(s).
Units TPL80 TPL85 TPL91
A #RANEæBEAMæFOR W kg 1,500 3,000 4,500
TRANSPORTATIONæOF
#RANEæBEAMæFOR #RANEæBEAM COMPONENTS HB mm 1,900 2,200 2,350
DISMANTLINGæOF
COMPONENTS
b m 800 1,000 1,100
#RANEæHOOK
-AINæENGINEAFTæCYLINDER
ABB
%NGINEæROOMæSIDE
b m
B
Mitsubishi
Units MET66 MET71 MET90
W kg 1,500 1,800 3,500
HB mm 1,800 1,800 2,200
b m 800 800 800
The figures ‘a’ are stated on the ‘Engine and Gallery Outline’
drawing, Section 5.06.
178 52 340.1
Fig. 5.03.01a: Required height and distance Fig. 5.03.01b: Required height and distance and weight
#RANEæBEAMæFORæTRANSPORTATIONæOFæCOMPONENTS
#RANEæBEAMæFORæDISMANTLINGæOFæCOMPONENTS
3PARES
#RANEæBEAMæFORæDISMANTLINGæOFæCOMPONENTS
#RANEæBEAMæFORæTRANSPORTATIONæOFæCOMPONENTS
178 52 746.0
3. Take out the cooler insert by using the above 8. By using the engine room crane the air cooler
placed crane beam mounted on the engine. insert can be lifted out of the engine room.
1 2 3
Fig.: 5.03.03: Crane beam for overhaul of air cooler, turbochargers located on exhaust side of the engine 178 52 734.0
The crane hook travelling area must cover at least The crane hook should at least be able to reach
the full length of the engine and a width in accord- down to a level corresponding to the centre line of
ance with dimension A given on the drawing (see the crankshaft.
cross-hatched area).
For overhaul of the turbocharger(s), trolley mount-
It is furthermore recommended that the engine ed chain hoists must be installed on a separate
room crane be used for transport of heavy spare crane beam or, alternatively, in combination with
parts from the engine room hatch to the spare the engine room crane structure, see separate
part stores and to the engine. drawing with information about the required lifting
See example on this drawing. capacity for overhaul of turbochargers.
2) Spares
by the engine room crane
Normal crane
1)
Deck Deck
B1/B2
A
Deck beam Deck beam
C
A A
Crankshaft Crankshaft
Minimum area
Engine room hatch to be covered
by the engine
room crane
079 43 14-0.1.0
1) The lifting tools for the engine are designed to fit together with a standard crane hook with a lifting capacity in accordance with
the figure stated in the table. If a larger crane hook is used, it may not fit directly to the overhaul tools, and the use of an interme-
diate shackle or similar between the lifting tool and the crane hook will affect the requirements for the minimum lifting height in
the engine room (dimension B).
2) The hatched area shows the height where an MAN B&W Double-Jib Crane has to be used.
Normal Crane
Height to crane hook in MAN B&W Double-Jib Crane
mm for:
Crane capacity in
Crane
tons selected Reduced
Mass in kg including operating
in accordance with height lifting
lifting tools width
DIN and JIS Normal procedure
in mm Building-in height
standard capacities lifting involving
in mm
procedure tilting of main
components
(option)
6,200 8,350 4,125 10.0 2x5.0 3,250 14,325 13,175 12,950 675
178 24 863.2
$ECKæBEAM
-
#HAINæCOLLECTINGæBOX
178 37 30-1.1
Engine outline
Gallery outline
Fore
Aft cyl.
Cyl. 1
2,325 8,544 2,050
c2
c1
2,000
3,082
ø1540
1,877 960
2,562 1,042
TC type a b c1 c2 d
MAN TCA77 3,650 8,720 2,471 8,167 5,400
ABB A180 Available on request
MHI MET71MA 3,490 8,740 2,564 8,260 5,050
401 40 30-9.2.0
Fig. 5.06.01a: Engine outline, 7S80MEC8 with two turbochargers on exhaust side
1,980
Fore
Aft cyl.
d
1,424
0
Cyl.1
11,847
10,580
8,710 b
7,400
6,315
5,440
3,750
920
0 0
1,736
2,599
2,500
1,642
2,000
4,945
Please note that the latest version of the dimensioned drawing is available for download at www.mandieselturbo.com under ‘Marine
Engines & Systems’ → ‘Low Speed’ → ‘Installation Drawings’. First choose engine series, then engine type and select ‘Outline draw-
ing’ for the actual number of cylinders and type of turbocharger installation in the list of drawings available for download.
401 40 30-9.2.0
Fig. 5.06.01b: Engine outline, 7S80MEC8 with two turbochargers on exhaust side
UPPER PLATFORM
2 holes for piston overhauling
Floor plate 6 mm
2,325 2,050
3,000
1
d
3,580
TT
70
1,200x45° 1,200x45°
LOWER PLATFORM
Floor plate 6 mm
2,000
ECS control panel
1,825 500x45°
T
T
3,480
2,500
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2,500
YY
4,945
cooler
cooler
955
Air
Air
Y
70
1,000x45° 500x45°
3,082 1,640
Stanchion and handrail
Please note that the latest version of the dimensioned drawing is available for download at www.mandieselturbo.com under ‘Marine
Engines & Systems’ → ‘Low Speed’ → ‘Installation Drawings’. First choose engine series, then engine type and select ‘Outline draw-
ing’ for the actual number of cylinders and type of turbocharger installation in the list of drawings available for download.
401 40 30-9.2.0
Fig. 5.06.01c: Gallery outline, 7S80MEC8 with two turbochargers on exhaust side
Centre of Gravity
198 53 36-5.0
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 5.08
Page 1 of 1
198 76 50-2.0
MAN B&W 5.09
Page 1 of 3
Aft Cyl.
Cyl. 1
c2
c1
0
D D
2,325
Fore
L
K AP AN
230
AB P
A
AA
1,715 N
AH 900
AK 1,610 500
1,975
RU
2,158
AV1
RW
767
AE AL
AM
2,000
AS
S S S
8,544
5,696
1,424
401 40 31-0.0.0
Fig. 5.09.01a: Engine Pipe Connections, 7S80ME-C8 with two turbochargers on exhaust side
2,500 (B, C)
4,595 (N, P)
1,710 (K,L)
4,860 (AA)
5,185 (AB)
5,090 (A)
1,174 (M)
350 (AR)
a (D)
0
M
11,338 (M)
II D
9,730 (AR)
AR
I 8,721 (D)
8,445 (AC, AT) 8,310 (L)
L
7,960 (K)
6,968 (A)
7,300 (C) 1,465 K
AP, AN A 6,700 (AN, AP)
6,800 (B) C P
AA 6,445 (P)
B 1,380
6,785 (AU1) AU1 3,320 6,356 (AA)
6,001 (AC1) AK 6,081 (AB)
AC1 3,415
AB 6,000 (N)
N
5,100 (AH, AK)
4,581 (BV) BV AH
4,010 (AV) BA
AV
3,030 (RU)
AV1 2,720 (AV1)
RW RU
2,030 (RW)
AM AL
1,902 1,119 (AM)
AG 1,015 (AL)
675 (AG, AE) 675 (AE)
AE
AE AS 669 (AS)
0
0
(AE) 2,735
(AG) 2,645
(AV) 2,033
(S) 325
(RU) 1,095
(BV) 1,888
(AV1) 1,580
(AM) 2,650
(AS) 2,652
(AE) 2,735
(AL) 2,829
0
615
2,360 (BD)
2,290 (AD)
RU
I II Aft end
3,297
3,257
3,410
Engine Engine AB
BF
20 0
8,243 X
8,227
8,141 Q
7,974 (AD, BD) 7,870
22.5°
7,853 (AF) 7,740
45° .5°
AD 67
Crankshaft
Crankshaft
F BD
BX AF 22.5°
45° .5°
67
°
90
AB, RU connection can be turned as shown
Fig. 5.09.01b: Engine Pipe Connections, 7S80ME-C8 with two turbochargers on exhaust side
Aft cyl.
Cyl. 1
0
Fore
750
1,152
1,925
X
Q BF AT AD, BD
F AC
BX C AF
1,270 591 B
192 AU1 2,288
588
AC1
385 BV
AV
174
1,709
4,581
4,010
AG AE
650
2,065
Please note that the latest version of most of the drawings of this Chapter is available for download at www.mandieselturbo.com
under ‘Marine Engines & Systems’ → ‘Low Speed’ → ‘Installation Drawings’. First choose engine series, then engine type and select
from the list of drawings available for download.
401 40 31-0.0.0
Fig. 5.09.01c: Engine Pipe Connections, 7S80ME-C8 with two turbochargers on exhaust side
#OUNTERmANGES
4HISæSECTIONæISæAVAILABLEæONæREQUEST
ææ
-!.æ$IESEL
MAN B&W 5.10
Page 1 of 3
Counterflanges, Connection D
Dia 1
L
A
PC
D
a2
IW
Di
F
B
W
D
IL
G
C
E N x diameter (O) N x diameter (O)
Dia 1
L
A
PC
D a2
IW
Di
W
B
D
F
IL
G
C N x diameter (O) N x diameter (O)
L
A
IW
W
D
B
F
IL
G
C N x diameter (O)
Type MET
T.C. L W IL IW A B C D F G N O
MET33MA Available on request
MET42MA 883 365 793 275 850 240 630 335 80 90 24 ø15
MET53MA 1,122 465 1,006 349 1,073 300 945 420 100 105 28 ø20
MET60MA 1,230 660 1,120 388 1,190 315 1,050 500 105 105 30 ø20
MET66MA 1,380 560 1,254 434 1,330 345 1,200 510 115 120 30 ø24
MET71MA 1,520 700 1,400 480 1,475 345 1,265 640 115 115 34 ø20
MET83MA 1,740 700 1,586 550 1,680 450 1,500 640 150 150 30 ø24
MET90MA 1,910 755 1,750 595 1,850 480 1,650 695 160 165 30 ø24
503 26 38-6.0.1
Counterflanges, Connection E
$IA
,
7
.æXæDIAMETERæ/
7
.æXæDIAMETERæ/
$IAæ
.æXæDIAMETERæ/ æ0#$
$IA
,
.æXæDIAMETERæ/ æ0#$
$IAæ
$IAæ
"
.æXæDIAMETERæ/ æ0#$ !
%POXYæ#HOCKSæ!RRANGEMENTæ
!LLæHOTæWORKæONæTHEæTANKTOPæMUSTæBEæFINISHEDæBEFOREæTHEæEPOXYæISæCAST
)FæMEASURINGæPINSæAREæREQUIREDæWEæRECOMMENDæTHATæTHEYæAREæINSTALLED
ATæTHEæPOSITIONSæMARKEDæBYæ
æMMæTHICKæDAMMINGS
æMMæFREEæSPACESæFORæSUPPORTINGæWEDGES
!
" "
¢
!
æææ!FTæCYL
æææCYL
æææCYL
æææCYL
æææTHRUST
BEARING
æææCYL
æENGINE
¢
æ
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
7IDTHæOFæMACHINING
ONæUNDERSIDEæBEDPLATE
æHOLESæINæTHEæBEDPLATEæANDææHOLESæINæTHEæTOPPLATE
XæOFFææHOLES
%NDæFLANGEæOFæTHRUSTæSHAFT
!
!
%FFECTIVEæ æTOæææENGINE
%POXYæWEDGESæTOæBE
CHISELLEDæAFTER
CURINGæTOæENABLE
MOUNTINGæOFæSIDE
CHOCKæLINERS
"ç"
ææ
&ORæDETAILSæOFæCHOCKSæANDæBOLTSæSEEæSPECIALæDRAWINGS æ4HEæENGINEæBUILDERæDRILLSæTHEæHOLESæFORæHOLDINGæ
DOWNæBOLTSæINæTHEæBEDPLATEæWHILEæOBSERVINGæTHEæ
&ORæSECURINGæOFæSUPPORTINGæCHOCKSæSEEæSPECIALæ TOLERANCEDæLOCATIONSæINDICATEDæONæ-!.æ"7æ
DRAWING DRAWINGSæFORæMACHININGæTHEæBEDPLATE
&IGææ!RRANGEMENTæOFæEPOXYæCHOCKSæANDæHOLDINGæDOWNæBOLTS
%NGINEæ3EATINGæ0ROlLEæ
3ECTION¬! !¬
4HISæSPACEæTOæBEæKEPTæFREEæFROMæPIPESæETCæALONGæBOTHæSIDESæOFæTHEæENGINEæINæORDERæTO
FACILITATEæTHEæOVERHAULæWORKæONæHOLDINGæDOWNæBOLTSæSUPPORTINGæCHOCKSæANDæSIDEæCHOCKS
#ENTRELINEæENGINE
$
ç
ææ
"
)FæREQUIREDæBYæCLASSIFICATION
SOCIETYæAPPLYæTHISæBRACKET
4HICKNESSæOFæBRACKETæISæTHE
SAMEæASæTHICKNESSæOFæ
FLOORPLATES
2
2
"
4HICKNESSæOFæFLOORPLATESæBETWEENæ 3LOTSæTOæBEæCUTæINæVERTICALæ
MAINæENGINEæGIRDERSææMM FLOORPLATESæTOæCLEARæNUTSæWHEN
NECESSARY
(OLDINGæDOWNæBOLTSæOPTIONææææINCLUDE
æ 0ROTECTINGæCAP
æ 3PHERICALæNUT
æ 3PHERICALæWASHER
æ $ISTANCEæPIPE
æ 2OUNDæNUT ææ
æ (OLDINGæDOWNæBOLT
&IGAæ0ROlLEæOFæENGINEæSEATINGæWITHæVERTICALæOILæOUTLET
3ECTION¬"
"
3IDEæCHOCKæBRACKETSæOPTIONææææINCLUDES
æ 3IDEæCHOCKæBRACKETS
#ENTREæOFæ
MAINæBEARING 3IDEæCHOCKæLINERSæOPTIONææææINCLUDES
æ ,INERæFORæSIDEæCHOCK
æ ,OCKæPLATE
æ 7ASHER
æ (EXAGONæSOCKETæSETæSCREW
$ETAIL¬$
!
ææ
%NDæCHOCKæBOLTSæOPTIONææææINCLUDES
4APERææ
ABOUTæ æ 3TUDæFORæENDæCHOCKæBOLT
æ 2OUNDæNUT
æ 2OUNDæNUT
æ 3PHERICALæWASHER
ABOUTæ
æ 3PHERICALæWASHER
æ 0ROTECTINGæCAP
%NDæCHOCKæLINERæOPTIONææææINCLUDES
3PACEæFORæHYDRAULIC
TIGHTENINGæJACK æ ,INERæFORæENDæCHOCK
%NDæCHOCKæBRACKETSæOPTIONææææINCLUDES
æ %NDæCHOCKæBRACKET
ææ
&IGæCæ0ROlLEæOFæENGINEæSEATINGæENDæCHOCKSæOPTIONæææ
The so-called guide force moments are caused by Without top bracing, the natural frequency of
the transverse reaction forces acting on the cross- the vibrating system comprising engine, ship’s
heads due to the connecting rod and crankshaft bottom, and ship’s side is often so low that reso-
mechanism. When the piston of a cylinder is not nance with the excitation source (the guide force
exactly in its top or bottom position the gas force moment) can occur close to the normal speed
from the combustion, transferred through the con- range, resulting in the risk of vibration.
necting rod, will have a component acting on the
crosshead and the crankshaft perpendicularly to With top bracing, such a resonance will occur
the axis of the cylinder. Its resultant is acting on above the normal speed range, as the natural fre-
the guide shoe and together they form a guide quencies of the double bottom/main engine sys-
force moment. tem will increase. The impact of vibration is thus
lowered.
The moments may excite engine vibrations mov-
ing the engine top athwart ships and causing a The top bracing is normally installed on the ex-
rocking (excited by H-moment) or twisting (excited haust side of the engine, but can alternatively be
by X-moment) movement of the engine. For en- installed on the manoeuvring side. A combination
gines with less than seven cylinders, this guide of exhaust side and manoeuvring side installation
force moment tends to rock the engine in the is also possible.
transverse direction, and for engines with seven
cylinders or more, it tends to twist the engine. The top bracing system is installed either as a
mechanical top bracing or a hydraulic top bracing.
The guide force moments are harmless to the Both systems are described below.
engine except when resonance vibrations occur
in the engine/double bottom system. They may,
however, cause annoying vibrations in the super- Mechanical top bracing
structure and/or engine room, if proper counter-
measures are not taken. The mechanical top bracing comprises stiff con-
nections between the engine and the hull.
As a detailed calculation of this system is normally
not available, MAN Diesel recommends that top The top bracing stiffener consists of a double
bracing is installed between the engine’s upper bar tightened with friction shims at each end of
platform brackets and the casing side. the mounting positions. The friction shims al-
low the top bracing stiffener to move in case of
However, the top bracing is not needed in all displacements caused by thermal expansion of
cases. In some cases the vibration level is lower if the engine or different loading conditions of the
the top bracing is not installed. This has normally vessel. Furthermore, the tightening is made with a
to be checked by measurements, i.e. with and well-defined force on the friction shims, using disc
without top bracing. springs, to prevent overloading of the system in
case of an excessive vibration level.
If a vibration measurement in the first vessel of a
series shows that the vibration level is acceptable
without the top bracing, we have no objection to
the top bracing being removed and the rest of
the series produced without top bracing. It is our
experience that especially the 7-cylinder engine
will often have a lower vibration level without top
bracing.
The mechanical top bracing is to be made by the By a different pre-setting of the relief valve, the
shipyard in accordance with MAN Diesel instruc- top bracing is delivered in a low-pressure version
tions. (26 bar) or a high-pressure version (40 bar).
!
The top bracing unit is designed to allow dis-
! placements between the hull and engine caused
by thermal expansion of the engine or different
loading conditions of the vessel.
!!
/ILæ!CCUMULATOR
(YDRAULICæ#ONTROLæ5NIT
178 23 61-6.1
#YLINDERæ5NIT
Hydraulic top bracing
198 77 67-7.0
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 5.15
Page 1 of 1
198 47 922.0
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 5.16
Page 1 of 4
Installation of ECS in the Engine Control Room The EICU functions as an interface unit to ECR
related systems such as AMS (Alarm and Monitor-
The following items are to be installed in the ECR ing System), RCS (Remote Control System) and
(Engine Control Room): Safety System. On ME-B engines the EICU also
controls the HPS.
• 2 pcs EICU (Engine Interface Control Unit)
(1 pcs only for ME-B engines) The MOP is the operator’s interface to the ECS.
• 1 pcs MOP (Main Operating Panel) From there the operator can control and see sta-
Touch display, 15” tus of the engine and the ECS. The MOP is a PC
PC unit with a flat touch screen.
• 1 pcs Track ball for MOP
• 1 pcs PMI system The Backup MOP consists of a PC unit with
Display, 19” keyboard and display and serves as a backup in
PC unit case the MOP should break down.
• 1 pcs Backup MOP
Display, 15” The PMI offline system is equipped with a stand-
PC unit ard PC. The PMI system serves as a pressure
Keyboard analyse system. See Section 18.02.
• 1 pcs Printer
• 1 pcs Ethernet Hub Optional items to be mounted in the ECR include
the CoCoSEDS which can be purchased sepa-
rately and applied on the PC for the PMI offline
system. See Section 18.03.
%#3æ.ETWORKæ!
%#3æ.ETWORKæ"
-/0æ! -/0æ"
0-)#O#O3æ0# (5"
3ERIALæ!-3æ
Fig. 5.16.01 Network and PC components for the ME/ME-B Engine Control System
Track ball
178 57 48-1.0
Fig. 5.16.02 MOP and track ball for the ME/ME-B Engine Control System
MOP PC unit
.OTEæ
.OTEææ
.OTEæ
æ#LEARANCEæFORæAIRæCOOLINGæMM
æ#LEARANCEæFORæ#ABLEææMM
178 50 147.1
Fig. 5.16.03 The EICU cabinet and MOP PC unit for the ME/ME-B Engine Control System
19” Display
PC unit
Printer
178 57 49-3.0
Fig. 5.16.04 PMI/CoCoS PC unit, display and printer for the ME/ME-B Engine Control System
Scope and field of application Cabling of the shaftline earthing device to the hull
must be with a cable with a cross section not less
A difference in the electrical potential between the than 45 mm². The length of the cable to the hull
hull and the propeller shaft will be generated due should be as short as possible.
to the difference in materials and to the propeller
being immersed in sea water. Monitoring equipment should have a 4-20 mA
signal for alarm and a mV-meter with a switch for
In some cases, the difference in the electrical changing range. Primary range from 0 to 50 mV
potential has caused spark erosion on the thrust, DC and secondary range from 0 to 300 mV DC.
main bearings and journals of the crankshaft of
the engine. When the shaftline earthing device is working
correctly, the electrical potential will normally be
In order to reduce the electrical potential between within the range of 10-50 mV DC depending of
the crankshaft and the hull and thus prevent spark propeller size and revolutions.
erosion, a highly efficient shaftline earthing device
must be installed. The alarm set-point should be 80 mV for a high
alarm. The alarm signals with an alarm delay of 30
The shaftline earthing device should be able to seconds and an alarm cut-off, when the engine is
keep the electrical potential difference below 50 stopped, must be connected to the alarm system.
mV DC. A shaft-to-hull monitoring equipment with
a mV-meter and with an output signal to the alarm Connection of cables is shown in the sketch, see
system must be installed so that the potential and Fig. 5.17.01.
thus the correct function of the shaftline earthing
device can be monitored.
Design description
#ABLE
CONNECTED
TOæTHEæHULL
"RUSHæHOLDER
ARRANGEMENT
-ONITORING
EQUIPMENT
WITHæM6çMETER #ABLE
CONNECTED
TOæTHEæHULL
3LIPæRING #ABLE
TOæALARM
SYSTEM
3LIPæRING
FORæMONITORING
EQUIPMENT "RUSHæHOLDER
ARRANGEMENT
079 21 82-1.3.1.0
2UDDER
6OLTAGEæMONITORINGæ
FORæSHAFTçHULLæPOTENTIALæ
0ROPELLER DIFFERENCE
3HAFTLINE
EARTHINGæDEVICE
#URRENT -AINæBEARINGS
0ROPELLERæSHAFT 4HRUSTæBEARING
)NTERMEDIATEæSHAFT )NTERMEDIATEæSHAFTæBEARING
079 21 82-1.3.2.0
Fig. 5.17.02: Installation of shaftline earthing device in an engine plant without shaft-mounted generator
2UDDER
6OLTAGEæMONITORINGæ
FORæSHAFTçHULLæPOTENTIALæ
0ROPELLER DIFFERENCE
3HAFTLINE
EARTHINGæDEVICE
#URRENT -AINæBEARINGS
0ROPELLERæSHAFT 4HRUSTæBEARING
)NTERMEDIATEæSHAFT 3HAFTæMOUNTEDæALTERNATORæ
WHEREæTHEæROTORæISæPARTæOFæ
THEæINTERMEDIATEæSHAFT
)NTERMEDIATEæSHAFTæBEARING
079 21 82-1.3.3.0
Fig. 5.17.03: Installation of shaftline earthing device in an engine plant with shaft-mounted generator
MAN Diesel’s Alpha Controllable Pitch Propeller and Alphatronic Propulsion Control
198 61 57-3 .1
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W
List of Capacities:
Pumps, Coolers &
Exhaust Gas
6
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 6.01
Page 1 of 1
Updated engine and capacities data is available nominally rated MCR point, the list of capacities
from the CEAS program on www.mandiesel.com will be different from the nominal capacities.
under ‘Marine’ → ‘Low speed’ → ‘CEAS Engine
Room Dimensions’. Furthermore, among others, the exhaust gas data
depends on the ambient temperature conditions.
This chapter describes the necessary auxiliary ma-
chinery capacities to be used for a nominally rated Based on examples for a derated engine, the way
engine. The capacities given are valid for seawater of how to calculate the derated capacities, fresh-
cooling system and central cooling water system, water production and exhaust gas amounts and
respectively. For derated engine, i.e. with a speci- temperatures will be described in details.
fied MCR and/or matching point different from the
Nomenclature
In the following description and examples of the auxiliary machinery capacities, freshwater generator pro-
duction and exhaust gas data, the below nomenclatures are used:
The List of Capacities contain data regarding the The capacities for the starting air receivers and
necessary capacities of the auxiliary machinery the compressors are stated in Fig. 6.03.01.
for the main engine only, and refer to a nominally
rated engine. Complying with IMO Tier II NOx limi-
tations. Heat radiation and air consumption
The heat dissipation figures include 10% extra The radiation and convection heat losses to the
margin for overload running except for the scav- engine room is around 1% of the engine nominal
enge air cooler, which is an integrated part of the power (kW in L1).
diesel engine.
The air consumption is approximately 98.2%
of the calculated exhaust gas amount, ie.
Cooling Water Systems Mair = Mexh x 0.982.
45 C
80 C
Seawater outlet
80 C
Jaket
water
Central cooler
cooler
Scavenge
air 43 C
cooler (s)
Lubricating
45 C oil
cooler
Central coolant
Seawater inlet 36 C
32 C
178 11 276.1
Fig. 6.02.02: Diagram for central cooling water system
1 x TPL91-B12
1 x TPL91-B12
1 x MET90MA
1 x MET90MA
1 x TCA88-25
1 x TCA88-25
-
-
Pumps
Fuel oil circulation m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 9.9 9.9 9.9 N.A. N.A. N.A. 9.9 9.9 9.9
Fuel oil supply m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 6.2 6.2 6.2 N.A. N.A. N.A. 6.2 6.2 6.2
Jacket cooling m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 215.0 215.0 215.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 215.0 215.0 215.0
Seawater cooling * m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 800.0 800.0 800.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 790.0 790.0 790.0
Main lubrication oil * m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 425.0 430.0 430.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 425.0 430.0 430.0
Central cooling * m³/h - - - - - - - - - 620 620 620
Central cooler
Heat diss. app. * kW N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 15,980 16,060 16,040
Central water flow m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 620 620 620
Seawater flow m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 790 790 790
Starting air system, 30.0 bar g, 12 starts. Fixed pitch propeller - reversible engine
Receiver volume m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 12.0 2 x 12.0 2 x 12.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 12.0 2 x 12.0 2 x 12.0
Compressor cap. m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 720 720 720 N.A. N.A. N.A. 720 720 720
Starting air system, 30.0 bar g, 6 starts. Controllable pitch propeller - non-reversible engine
Receiver volume m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5 N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5
Compressor cap. m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 390 390 390 N.A. N.A. N.A. 390 390 390
Other values
Fuel oil heater kW N.A. N.A. N.A. 260 260 260 N.A. N.A. N.A. 260 260 260
Exh. gas temp. °C N.A. N.A. N.A. 245 245 245 N.A. N.A. N.A. 245 245 245
Exh. gas amount kg/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 225,000 225,000 225,000 N.A. N.A. N.A. 225,000 225,000 225,000
Air consumption kg/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 61.3 61.3 61.3 N.A. N.A. N.A. 61.3 61.3 61.3
* For main engine arrangements with built-on power take-off (PTO) of a MAN Diesel recommended type and/or torsional vibration
damper the engine's capacities must be increased by those stated for the actual system
For List of Capacities for derated engines and performance data at part load please visit http://www.manbw.dk/ceas/erd/
Table 6.03.01f: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR
2 x MET71MA
2 x MET71MA
2 x TCA77-21
2 x TCA77-21
2 x A185-L34
2 x A185-L34
-
-
Pumps
Fuel oil circulation m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 11.5 11.5 11.5 N.A. N.A. N.A. 11.5 11.5 11.5
Fuel oil supply m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 7.2 7.2 7.2 N.A. N.A. N.A. 7.2 7.2 7.2
Jacket cooling m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 250.0 250.0 250.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 250.0 250.0 250.0
Seawater cooling * m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 930.0 940.0 930.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 920.0 920.0 920.0
Main lubrication oil * m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 500.0 500.0 510.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 500.0 500.0 510.0
Central cooling * m³/h - - - - - - - - - 720 730 720
Central cooler
Heat diss. app. * kW N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 18,710 18,770 18,730
Central water flow m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 720 730 720
Seawater flow m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 920 920 920
Starting air system, 30.0 bar g, 12 starts. Fixed pitch propeller - reversible engine
Receiver volume m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 12.0 2 x 12.0 2 x 12.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 12.0 2 x 12.0 2 x 12.0
Compressor cap. m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 720 720 720 N.A. N.A. N.A. 720 720 720
Starting air system, 30.0 bar g, 6 starts. Controllable pitch propeller - non-reversible engine
Receiver volume m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5 N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5
Compressor cap. m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 390 390 390 N.A. N.A. N.A. 390 390 390
Other values
Fuel oil heater kW N.A. N.A. N.A. 300 300 300 N.A. N.A. N.A. 300 300 300
Exh. gas temp. °C N.A. N.A. N.A. 245 245 245 N.A. N.A. N.A. 245 245 245
Exh. gas amount kg/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 262,500 262,500 262,500 N.A. N.A. N.A. 262,500 262,500 262,500
Air consumption kg/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 71.5 71.5 71.5 N.A. N.A. N.A. 71.5 71.5 71.5
* For main engine arrangements with built-on power take-off (PTO) of a MAN Diesel recommended type and/or torsional vibration
damper the engine's capacities must be increased by those stated for the actual system
For List of Capacities for derated engines and performance data at part load please visit http://www.manbw.dk/ceas/erd/
Table 6.03.01g: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR
2 x MET83MA
2 x MET83MA
2 x TCA77-21
2 x TCA77-21
2 x A185-L35
2 x A185-L35
-
-
Pumps
Fuel oil circulation m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 13.1 13.1 13.1 N.A. N.A. N.A. 13.1 13.1 13.1
Fuel oil supply m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 8.2 8.2 8.2 N.A. N.A. N.A. 8.2 8.2 8.2
Jacket cooling m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 285.0 285.0 285.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 285.0 285.0 285.0
Seawater cooling * m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 1060.0 1070.0 1070.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 1050.0 1050.0 1060.0
Main lubrication oil * m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 570.0 570.0 580.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 570.0 570.0 580.0
Central cooling * m³/h - - - - - - - - - 820 830 830
Central cooler
Heat diss. app. * kW N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 21,360 21,420 21,440
Central water flow m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 820 830 830
Seawater flow m³/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 1,050 1,050 1,060
Starting air system, 30.0 bar g, 12 starts. Fixed pitch propeller - reversible engine
Receiver volume m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 12.5 2 x 12.5 2 x 12.5 N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 12.5 2 x 12.5 2 x 12.5
Compressor cap. m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 750 750 750 N.A. N.A. N.A. 750 750 750
Starting air system, 30.0 bar g, 6 starts. Controllable pitch propeller - non-reversible engine
Receiver volume m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5 N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5 2 x 6.5
Compressor cap. m³ N.A. N.A. N.A. 390 390 390 N.A. N.A. N.A. 390 390 390
Other values
Fuel oil heater kW N.A. N.A. N.A. 345 345 345 N.A. N.A. N.A. 345 345 345
Exh. gas temp. °C N.A. N.A. N.A. 245 245 245 N.A. N.A. N.A. 245 245 245
Exh. gas amount kg/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 300,000 300,000 300,000 N.A. N.A. N.A. 300,000 300,000 300,000
Air consumption kg/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 81.8 81.8 81.8 N.A. N.A. N.A. 81.8 81.8 81.8
* For main engine arrangements with built-on power take-off (PTO) of a MAN Diesel recommended type and/or torsional vibration
damper the engine's capacities must be increased by those stated for the actual system
For List of Capacities for derated engines and performance data at part load please visit http://www.manbw.dk/ceas/erd/
Table 6.03.01h: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR
L1
100% 100%
98%
Cooler heat dissipations 94%
90%
For the specified MCR (M) the following three dia- L3 90% O=M
86% Qjw%
grams in Figs. 6.04.01, 6.04.02 and 6.04.03 show 80%
reduction factors for the corresponding heat dis- 82% L2
sipations for the coolers, relative to the values 78%
70%
stated in the ‘List of Capacities’ valid for nominal L4
MCR (L1).
60%
3PECIFIEDæ-#2æPOWERææOFæ, 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% nM%
0-
Specified MCR engine speed, % of L1
(– 0.0811 x ln (n ) + 0.8072 x ln (P ) + 1.2614) 178 59 46-9.0
, Qjw% = e M% M%
æ
The derated cooler capacities may then be found order to avoid too low a water velocity in the scav-
by means of following equations: enge air cooler pipes.
Qair, M = Qair, L1 x (Qair% / 100)
As the jacket water cooler is connected in series
Qjw, M = Qjw, L1 x (Qjw% / 100)
with the lube oil cooler, the seawater flow capac-
Qlub, M = Qlub, L1 x (Qlub% / 100) ity for the latter is used also for the jacket water
and for a central cooling water system the central cooler.
cooler heat dissipation is:
Qcent,M = Qair,M + Qjw,M + Qlub,M
Central cooling water system
The jacket cooling water pump capacity is rela- Irrespective of the capacities selected as per the
tively low. Practically no saving is possible, and it above guidelines, the belowmentioned pump
is therefore unchanged. heads at the mentioned maximum working tem-
peratures for each system shall be kept:
The derated seawater pump capacity is equal to Fuel oil supply pump 4 100
the sum of the below found derated seawater flow Fuel oil circulating pump 6 150
capacities through the scavenge air and lube oil Lubricating oil pump 4.6 70
coolers, as these are connected in parallel. Seawater pump 2.5 50
Central cooling water pump 2.5 80
The seawater flow capacity for each of the scav-
Jacket water pump 3.0 100
enge air, lube oil and jacket water coolers can
be reduced proportionally to the reduced heat
dissipations found in Figs. 6.04.01, 6.04.02 and Flow velocities
6.04.03, respectively i.e. as follows:
Vsw,air,M = Vsw,air,L1 x (Qair% / 100) For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
following maximum velocities:
Vsw,lub,M = Vsw,lub.L1 x Qlub% / 100)
Vsw,jw,M = Vsw,lub,M Marine diesel oil ......................................... 1.0 m/s
Heavy fuel oil .............................................. 0.6 m/s
However, regarding the scavenge air cooler(s), Lubricating oil ............................................. 1.8 m/s
the engine maker has to approve this reduction in Cooling water ............................................. 3.0 m/s
Pump and cooler capacities for a derated 6S80ME-C8-TII with high efficiency MAN Diesel turbocharger
type TCA, fixed pitch propeller and central cooling water system.
Nominal MCR, (L1) PL1: 25,080 kW (100.0%) and 78.0 r/min (100.0%)
Specified MCR, (M) PM: 21,318 kW (85.0%) and 70.2 r/min (90.0%)
Matching point, (O) PO: 21,318 kW (85.0%) and 70.2 r/min (90.0%), PO = 100.0% of PM
The method of calculating the reduced capaci- Total cooling water flow through scavenge air
ties for point M (nM% = 90.0% and PM% = 85.0%) is coolers
shown below. Vcw,air,M = Vcw,air,L1 x Qair% / 100
The values valid for the nominal rated engine are Vcw,air,M = 350 x 0.831 = 291 m3/h
found in the ‘List of Capacities’, Figs. 6.03.01 and
6.03.02, and are listed together with the result in Cooling water flow through lubricating oil cooler
the figure on the next page. Vcw,lub,M = Vcw,lub,L1x Qlub% / 100
Heat dissipation of scavenge air cooler Vcw,lub,M = 270 x 0.917 = 248 m3/h
Fig. 6.04.01 which approximately indicates a Qair%
= 83.1% heat dissipation, i.e.: Cooling water flow through central cooler
Qair,M =Qair,L1 x Qair% / 100 (Central cooling water pump)
Vcw,cent,M = Vcw,air,M + Vcw,lub,M
Qair,M = 10,430 x 0.831 = 8,667 kW
Vcw,cent,M = 291 + 248 = 539 m3/h
Heat dissipation of jacket water cooler
Fig. 6.04.02 indicates a Qjw% = 88.5% heat dissi- Cooling water flow through jacket water cooler
pation; i.e.: (as for lube oil cooler)
Qjw,M = Qjw,L1 x Qjw% / 100 Vcw,jw,M = Vcw,lub,M
Heat dissipation of lube oil cooler Seawater pump for central cooler
Fig. 6.04.03 indicates a Qlub% = 91.7% heat dissi- As the seawater pump capacity and the central
pation; i.e.: cooler heat dissipation for the nominal rated en-
Qlub,M = Qlub, L1 x Qlub% / 100 gine found in the ‘List of Capacities’ are 790 m3/h
and 15,980 kW the derated seawater pump flow
Qlub,M = 1,850 x 0.917 = 1,696 kW equals:
Qcent,M = 8,667 + 3,275 + 1,696 = 13,638 kW = 790 x 13,638 / 15,980 = 674 m3/h
The air consumption and exhaust gas figures are expected and refer to 100% specified MCR,
ISO ambient reference conditions and the exhaust gas back pressure 300 mm WC
The exhaust gas temperatures refer to after turbocharger
* Calculated in example 3, in this chapter
Example 1 – Capacities of derated 6S80ME-C8-TII with high efficiency MAN Diesel turbocharger type TCA and
central cooling water system.
Freshwater Generator
If a freshwater generator is installed and is utilis- At part load operation, lower than matching pow-
ing the heat in the jacket water cooling system, er, the actual jacket water heat dissipation will be
it should be noted that the actual available heat reduced according to the curves for fixed pitch
in the jacket cooling water system is lower than propeller (FPP) or for constant speed, controllable
indicated by the heat dissipation figures valid for pitch propeller (CPP), respectively, in Fig. 6.04.04.
nominal MCR (L1) given in the List of Capacities.
This is because the latter figures are used for With reference to the above, the heat actually
dimensioning the jacket water cooler and hence available for a derated diesel engine may then be
incorporate a safety margin which can be needed found as follows:
when the engine is operating under conditions
such as, e.g. overload. Normally, this margin is 1. Engine power equal to specified power M
10% at nominal MCR. (equal to matching point O).
%XPANSIONæTANK
3EAWATER
)N /UT *ACKETæCOOLING
WATERæCIRCUIT
0RODUCEDæ
FRESHWATER
%VAPORATOR " +
!
"RINEæOUT
$EAERATINGæTANK
*ACKETæWATER *ACKETæWATERæPUMPS
COOLER
-AINæENGINE
#OOLINGæ
WATER
178 23 700.0
Fig. 6.04.05: Freshwater generators. Jacket cooling water heat recovery flow diagram
Jacket Cooling Water Temperature Control If necessary, all the actually available jacket cool-
ing water heat may be used provided that a special
When using a normal freshwater generator of the temperature control system ensures that the jacket
singleeffect vacuum evaporator type, the fresh- cooling water temperature at the outlet from the
water production may, for guidance, be estimated engine does not fall below a certain level. Such a
as 0.03 t/24h per 1 kW heat, i.e.: temperature control system may consist, e.g., of a
special bypass pipe installed in the jacket cooling
Mfw = 0.03 x Qjw t/24h 15%/0% [3] water system, see Fig. 6.04.05, or a special builtin
temperature control in the freshwater generator,
where e.g., an automatic start/stop function, or similar.
Mfw is the freshwater production in tons per 24 If such a special temperature control is not applied,
hours we recommend limiting the heat utilised to maxi-
mum 50% of the heat actually available at specified
and MCR, and only using the freshwater generator at
engine loads above 50%. Considering the cooler
Qjw is to be stated in kW margin of 10% and the minus tolerance of 15%,
this heat corresponds to 50 x(1.000.15)x0.9 = 38%
of the jacket water cooler capacity Qjw,M used for
dimensioning of the jacket water cooler.
Freshwater production from a derated 6S80ME-C8-TII with high efficiency MAN Diesel turbocharger type
TCA and fixed pitch propeller.
Based on the engine ratings below, this example will show how to calculate the expected available jacket
cooling water heat removed from the diesel engine, together with the corresponding freshwater production
from a freshwater generator.
The calculation is made for the service rating (S) of the diesel engine being 80% of the specified MCR.
Nominal MCR, (L1) PL1: 25,080 kW (100.0%) and 78.0 r/min (100.0%)
Specified MCR, (M) PM: 21,318 kW (85.0%) and 70.2 r/min (90.0%)
Matching point, (O) PO: 21,318 kW (85.0%) and 70.2 r/min (90.0%), PO = 100.0% of PM
Service rating, (S) PS: 17,054 kW and 65.2 r/min, PS = 80.0% of PM and PS = 80.0% of PO
The expected available jacket cooling water heat For the service point the corresponding expected
at service rating is found as follows: obtainable freshwater production from a freshwa-
ter generator of the single effect vacuum evapora-
Qjw,L1 = 3,700 kW from List of Capacities tor type is then found from equation [3]:
Qjw% = 88.5% using 85.0% power and 90.0%
speed for O in Fig. 6.04.02 Mfw = 0.03 x Qjw = 0.03 x 2,455 = 73.7 t/24h
15%/0%
By means of equation [1], and using factor 0.88 for
actual ambient condition the heat dissipation in
the matching point (O) is found:
Qjw%
Qjw,O = Qjw,L1 x ___
100
x 0.88
= 3,700 x ___
88.5
100
x 0.88 = 2,882 kW
%XHAUSTæ'ASæ!MOUNTæANDæ4EMPERATURE
)NmUENCINGæFACTORS
#ALCULATIONæ-ETHOD
4OæENABLEæTHEæPROJECTæENGINEERæTOæESTIMATEæTHEæAC
4HEæPARTIALæCALCULATIONSæBASEDæONæTHEæABOVEæINmU
TUALæEXHAUSTæGASæDATAæATæANæARBITRARYæSERVICEæRATINGæ ENCINGæFACTORSæHAVEæBEENæSUMMARISEDæINæEQUATIONS
THEæFOLLOWINGæMETHODæOFæCALCULATIONæMAYæBEæUSED ;=æANDæ;=
&IGææ3UMMARISINGæEQUATIONSæFORæEXHAUSTæGASæAMOUNTSæANDæTEMPERATURES
4HEæPARTIALæCALCULATIONSæBASEDæONæTHEæINmUENCINGæ CHANGESæINæSPECIlCæEXHAUSTæGASæAMOUNTæANDæ
FACTORSæAREæDESCRIBEDæINæTHEæFOLLOWING TEMPERATUREæAREæFOUNDæBYæUSINGæASæINPUTæINæDIA
GRAMSæTHEæCORRESPONDINGæPERCENTAGEæVALUESæOFæ
A æ #ORRECTIONæFORæCHOICEæOFæSPECIlEDæ-#2æPOINT , æFORæSPECIlEDæ-#2æPOWERæ0-æANDæSPEEDæN-
æ 0-ææ0-0,ææXæ
æ 7HENæCHOOSINGæAæSPECIlEDæ-#2æPOINTæ@-æOTHERæ æ N-ææN-N,ææXæ
THANæTHEæNOMINALæ-#2æPOINTæ@,æTHEæRESULTINGæ
,
æ ,
æª#
æ ç
æ æ æ æ æ æ æ Næ-æ æ æ æ æ æ æ æ Næ-æ
3PECIFIEDæ-#2æENGINEæSPEEDææOFæ,æ 3PECIFIEDæ-#2æENGINEæSPEEDææOFæ,æ
Fig. 6.04.07: Change of specific exhaust gas amount, Fig. 6.04.08: Change of exhaust gas temperature, ΔTM
ΔmM% in % of L1 value and independent of PO in point M, in °C after turbocharger relative to L1 value
and valid for PO = PM
ΔmM% : change of specific exhaust gas amount, in b) Correction for actual ambient conditions and
% of specific gas amount at nominal MCR backpressure
(L1), see Fig. 6.04.07.
For ambient conditions other than ISO
ΔTM : change in exhaust gas temperature after 3046-1:2002 (E) and ISO 15550:2002 (E), and
turbocharger relative to the L1 value, in °C, backpressure other than 300 mm WC at
see Fig. 6.04.08. (PO = PM) specified MCR point (M), the correction fac-
tors stated in the table in Fig. 6.04.09 may
ΔTO : extra change in exhaust gas temperature be used as a guide, and the corresponding
when matching point O lower than 100% M: relative change in the exhaust gas data may
PO% = (PO/PM) x 100%. be found from equations [7] and [8], shown in
Fig. 6.04.10.
ΔTO = 0.3 x (100 PO%) [6]
Change of Change of
exhaust gas exhaust gas
Parameter Change temperature amount
Blower inlet temperature + 10° C + 16.0° C 4.1 %
Blower inlet pressure (barometric pressure) + 10 mbar 0.1° C + 0.3 %
Charge air coolant temperature (seawater temperature) + 10° C + 1.0° C + 1.9 %
Exhaust gas back pressure at the specified MCR point + 100 mm WC + 5.0° C 1.1 %
Fig. 6.04.09: Correction of exhaust gas data for ambient conditions and exhaust gas back pressure
ΔMamb% = 0.41 x (Tair 25) + 0.03 x (pbar 1000) + 0.19 x (TCW 25 ) 0.011 x (ΔpM 300) % [7]
ΔTamb = 1.6 x (Tair 25) 0.01 x (pbar 1000) +0.1 x (TCW 25) + 0.05 x (ΔpM 300) °C [8]
ΔTamb : change in exhaust gas temperature, in °C compared with temperatures at ISO conditions
Fig. 6.04.10: Exhaust gas correction formula for ambient conditions and exhaust gas back pressure
mS% TS °C
20 20
18 15
16
10
14
5
12 M
0
10
-5
8
-10
6
-15
4
-20
2
M
0 -25
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 PS%
2 Engine load, % specified MCR power
4
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 PS%
Engine load, % specified MCR power
ΔmS%= 37 x (PS/PM)3 87 x (PS/PM)2 + 31 x (PS/PM) + 19 ΔTS = 280 x (PS/PM)2 410 x (PS/PM) + 130
Fig. 6.04.11: Change of specific exhaust gas amount, Δms% Fig. 6.04.12: Change of exhaust gas temperature, ΔTS in
in % at part load, and valid for FPP and CPP °C at part load, and valid for FPP and CPP
Figs. 6.04.11 and 6.04.12 may be used, as Δms% : change in specific exhaust gas amount,
guidance, to determine the relative changes in % of specific amount at specified MCR
in the specific exhaust gas data when running point, see Fig. 6.04.11.
at part load, compared to the values in the
specified MCR point, i.e. using as input PS% = ΔTs : change in exhaust gas temperature, in °C,
(PS/PM) x 100%: see Fig. 6.04.12.
Expected exhaust gas data for a derated 6S80ME-C8-TII with high efficiency MAN Diesel turbocharger
type TCA and fixed pitch propeller.
Based on the engine ratings below, and by means of an example, this chapter will show how to calculate
the expected exhaust gas amount and temperature at service rating, and for a given ambient reference
condition different from ISO.
The calculation is made for the service rating (S) being 80% of the specified MCR power of the diesel engine.
Nominal MCR, (L1) PL1: 25,080 kW (100.0%) and 78.0 r/min (100.0%)
Specified MCR, (M) PM: 21,318 kW (85.0%) and 70.2 r/min (90.0%)
Matching point, (O) PO: 21,318 kW (85.0%) and 70.2 r/min (90.0%), PO = 100.0% of PM
Reference conditions
ΔTamb = 8.8 °C
By means of Figs. 6.04.07 and 6.04.08:
c) Correction for the engine load:
ΔmM% = + 0.25%
ΔTM = 7.2 °C Service rating = 80% of specified MCR power
By means of Figs. 6.04.11 and 6.04.12:
As the engine is matched in O lower than 100% M,
and PO% = 100.0% of PM ΔmS% = + 7.1%
Fuel
7
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 7.01
Page 1 of 3
The system is so arranged that both diesel oil and Fuel considerations
heavy fuel oil can be used, see Fig. 7.01.01.
When the engine is stopped, the circulating
From the service tank the fuel is led to an electri- pump will continue to circulate heated heavy fuel
cally driven supply pump by means of which a through the fuel oil system on the engine, thereby
pressure of approximately 4 bar can be main- keeping the fuel pumps heated and the fuel valves
tained in the low pressure part of the fuel circulat- deaerated. This automatic circulation of preheated
ing system, thus avoiding gasification of the fuel in fuel during engine standstill is the background for
the venting box in the temperature ranges applied. our recommendation:
The venting box is connected to the service tank Constant operation on heavy fuel
via an automatic deaerating valve, which will re-
lease any gases present, but will retain liquids. In addition, if this recommendation was not fol-
lowed, there would be a latent risk of diesel oil and
From the low pressure part of the fuel system the heavy fuels of marginal quality forming incompat-
fuel oil is led to an electricallydriven circulating ible blends during fuel change over or when oper-
pump, which pumps the fuel oil through a heater ating in areas with restrictions on sulpher content
and a full flow filter situated immediately before in fuel oil due to exhaust gas emission control.
the inlet to the engine.
In special circumstances a changeover to diesel
The fuel injection is performed by the electroni- oil may become necessary – and this can be per-
cally controlled pressure booster located on the formed at any time, even when the engine is not
Hydraulic Cylinder Unit (HCU), one per cylinder, running. Such a changeover may become neces-
which also contains the actuator for the electronic sary if, for instance, the vessel is expected to be
exhaust valve activation. inactive for a prolonged period with cold engine
e.g. due to:
The Cylinder Control Units (CCU) of the Engine
Control System (described in Section 16.01) cal- • docking
culate the timing of the fuel injection and the ex- • stop for more than five days
haust valve activation. • major repairs of the fuel system, etc.
To ensure ample filling of the HCU, the capacity of The builton overflow valves, if any, at the supply
the electricallydriven circulating pump is higher pumps are to be adjusted to 5 bar, whereas the
than the amount of fuel consumed by the diesel external bypass valve is adjusted to 4 bar. The
engine. Surplus fuel oil is recirculated from the en- pipes between the tanks and the supply pumps
gine through the venting box. shall have minimum 50% larger passage area than
the pipe between the supply pump and the circu-
To ensure a constant fuel pressure to the fuel lating pump.
injection pumps during all engine loads, a spring
loaded overflow valve is inserted in the fuel oil If the fuel oil pipe ‘X’ at inlet to engine is made as
system on the engine. a straight line immediately at the end of the en-
gine, it will be necessary to mount an expansion
The fuel oil pressure measured on the engine (at joint. If the connection is made as indicated, with
fuel pump level) should be 78 bar, equivalent to a a bend immediately at the end of the engine, no
circulating pump pressure of 10 bar. expansion joint is required.
From centrifuges # )
Venting tank
Arr. of main engine fuel oil system.
(See Fig. 7.03.01)
Top of fuel oil service tank Diesel
Heavy fuel oil oil
service tank service
AD F tank
AF If the fuel oil pipe to engine is made as a straight line D* )
immediately before the engine, it will be necessary to
X mount an expansion unit. If the connection is made
BD as indicated, with a bend immediately before the
No valve in drain pipe engine, no expansion unit is required.
between engine and tank D* )
TE 8005 PT 8002
32 mm Nominal bore
PI PI TI TI Overflow valve
To HFO settling tank Adjusted to 4 bar
a) b)
Fuel oil
drain tank a)
overflow tank To jacket water d* )
Heater Circulating pumps Supply pumps
cooling pump
VT 8004
To sludge tank
Full flow filter.
For filter type see engine spec.
178 52 197.4
Diesel oil
Heavy fuel oil
Heated pipe with insulation
a) Tracing fuel oil lines: Max.150°C
b) Tracing drain lines: By jacket cooling water
Drain of clean fuel oil from HCU, pumps, pipes Heating of fuel drain pipes
The HCU Fuel Oil Pressure Booster has a leakage Owing to the relatively high viscosity of the heavy
drain of clean fuel oil from the umbrella sealing fuel oil, it is recommended that the drain pipes
through ‘AD’ to the fuel oil drain tank. and the fuel oil drain tank are heated to min. 50 °C,
but max. 100 °C.
The flow rate in litres is approximately as listed in
Table 7.01.01. The drain pipes between engine and tanks can
be heated by the jacket water, as shown in Fig.
7.01.01 ‘Fuel pipe heating’ as flange ‘BD’.
Flow rate,
Engine litres/cyl. h.
K98ME/ME-C, S90ME-C 1.25 Fuel oil flow velocity and viscosity
K90ME/ME-C, S/K80ME-C, S70ME-C/
ME-GI, L70ME-C, S65ME-C/ME-GI 0.75 For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
S/L60ME-C, S60ME-GI 0.60 following maximum flow velocities:
The size of the sludge tank is determined on the The publications are available at:
basis of the draining intervals, the classification www.mandiesel.com under
society rules, and on whether it may be vented ‘Quicklinks’ → ‘Technical Papers’.
directly to the engine room.
Fuel Oils
Marine diesel oil ISO 8217, Class DMB Based on our general service experience we have,
British Standard 6843, Class DMB as a supplement to the above mentioned stand-
Similar oils may also be used ards, drawn up the guiding HFO specification
shown below.
Heavy fuel oil (HFO) Heavy fuel oils limited by this specification have,
to the extent of the commercial availability, been
Most commercially available HFO with a viscosity used with satisfactory results on MAN B&W
below 700 cSt at 50 °C (7,000 sec. Redwood I at twostroke low speed diesel engines.
100 °F) can be used.
The data refers to the fuel as supplied i.e. before
For guidance on purchase, reference is made any on-board cleaning.
to ISO 8217:1996 and ISO 8217:2005, British
Standard 6843 and to CIMAC recommendations Guiding specification (maximum values)
regarding requirements for heavy fuel for diesel
Density at 15 °C kg/m3 < 1.010*
engines, fourth edition 2003, in which the maxi-
mum acceptable grades are RMH 700 and RMK Kinematic viscosity
700. The abovementioned ISO and BS standards at 100 °C cSt < 55
supersede BSMA 100 in which the limit was M9.
at 50 °C cSt < 700
The data in the above HFO standards and speci- Flash point °C > 60
fications refer to fuel as delivered to the ship, i.e. Pour point °C < 30
before on-board cleaning. Carbon residue % (m/m) < 22
Ash % (m/m) < 0.15
In order to ensure effective and sufficient cleaning
of the HFO, i.e. removal of water and solid con- Total sediment potential % (m/m) < 0.10
taminants, the fuel oil specific gravity at 15 °C (60 Water % (v/v) < 0.5
°F) should be below 0.991, unless modern types Sulphur % (m/m) < 4.5
of centrifuges with adequate cleaning abilities are
Vanadium mg/kg < 600
used.
Aluminum + Silicon mg/kg < 80
Higher densities can be allowed if special treat- Equal to ISO 8217:2005 - RMK 700
ment systems are installed. / CIMAC recommendation No. 21 - K700
* Provided automatic clarifiers are installed
Current analysis information is not sufficient for
m/m = mass v/v = volume
estimating the combustion properties of the oil.
This means that service results depend on oil
properties which cannot be known beforehand. If heavy fuel oils with analysis data exceeding the
This especially applies to the tendency of the oil above figures are to be used, especially with re-
to form deposits in combustion chambers, gas gard to viscosity and specific gravity, the engine
passages and turbines. It may, therefore, be nec- builder should be contacted for advice regarding
essary to rule out some oils that cause difficulties. possible fuel oil system changes.
Cyl.1 Cyl.1
Fuel valve Fuel valve
AF
Fuel cutout system
Only for Germanischer Lloyd
To sludge tank
126 40 91-7.8.0b
&UELæ/ILæ0IPEæ)NSULATION
)NSULATIONæOFæFUELæOILæPIPESæANDæFUELæOILæDRAINæPIPESæ &LANGESæANDæVALVES
SHOULDæNOTæBEæCARRIEDæOUTæUNTILæTHEæPIPINGæSYSTEMSæ
HAVEæBEENæSUBJECTEDæTOæTHEæPRESSUREæTESTSæSPECI
4HEæmANGESæANDæVALVESæAREæTOæBEæINSULATEDæBYæ
lEDæANDæAPPROVEDæBYæTHEæRESPECTIVEæCLASSIlCATIONæ MEANSæOFæREMOVABLEæPADSæ&LANGEæANDæVALVEæPADSæ
SOCIETYæANDORæAUTHORITIESæ&IGæ AREæMADEæOFæGLASSæCLOTHæMINIMUMææGMæ
CONTAININGæMINERALæWOOLæSTUFFEDæTOæMINIMUMææ
4HEæDIRECTIONSæMENTIONEDæBELOWæINCLUDEæINSULATIONæ KGM
OFæHOTæPIPESæmANGESæANDæVALVESæWITHæAæSURFACEæ
TEMPERATUREæOFæTHEæCOMPLETEæINSULATIONæOFæMAXI
4HICKNESSæOFæTHEæPADSæTOæBE
MUMææª#æATæAæROOMæTEMPERATUREæOFæMAXIMUMææ &UELæOILæPIPESæ æMM
ª#æ!SæFORæTHEæCHOICEæOFæMATERIALæANDæIFæREQUIREDæ &UELæOILæPIPESæANDæHEATINGæPIPESæTOGETHERæ æMM
APPROVALæFORæTHEæSPECIlCæPURPOSEæREFERENCEæISæ
MADEæTOæTHEæRESPECTIVEæCLASSIlCATIONæSOCIETY 4HEæPADSæAREæTOæBEælTTEDæSOæTHATæTHEYæLAPæOVERæTHEæ
PIPEæINSULATINGæMATERIALæBYæTHEæPADæTHICKNESSæ!Tæ
mANGEDæJOINTSæINSULATINGæMATERIALæONæPIPESæSHOULDæ
&UELæOILæPIPES NOTæBEælTTEDæCLOSERæTHANæCORRESPONDINGæTOæTHEæ
MINIMUMæBOLTæLENGTH
4HEæPIPESæAREæTOæBEæINSULATEDæWITHææMMæMINERALæ
WOOLæOFæMINIMUMææKGMæANDæCOVEREDæWITHæ
GLASSæCLOTHæOFæMINIMUMææGM -OUNTING
-OUNTINGæOFæTHEæINSULATIONæISæTOæBEæCARRIEDæOUTæINæ
&UELæOILæPIPESæANDæHEATINGæPIPESæTOGETHER ACCORDANCEæWITHæTHEæSUPPLIERSæINSTRUCTIONS
4WOæORæMOREæPIPESæCANæBEæINSULATEDæWITHææMMæ
WIREDæMATSæOFæMINERALæWOOLæOFæMINIMUMææKGMæ
COVEREDæWITHæGLASSæCLOTHæOFæMINIMUMææGM
!ç!
"ç"
&ORE &UELæOILæINLET
! #YLæ "
%
&UNNELæANDæ
8 & PIPEæMM
NOTæTOæBEæINSULATED &UELæOILæDRAIN
"&æ"8 ! " UMBRELLA
$RAINæPIPEæFUELæOIL
&UELæOILæOUTLET
!ç!
&UELæOILæINLET
(EATINGæPIPE
% &UELæOILæOUTLET
3EENæFROMæCYLæSIDE
(EATINGæPIPE
#YLæ &ORE
!$
!&
"$
æææç
&IGææ$ETAILSæOFæFUELæOILæPIPESæINSULATIONæOPTIONææææ%XAMPLEæFROMæ
æ-#æENGINE
(EATæ,OSSæINæ0IPING
20
30
s
es
40
kn
ic
th
50
n
60
tio
la
su 70 0
In 8 0
9 0
10 0
12
0
16
0
20
&IGææ(EATæLOSS0IPEæCOVER
The steam tracing of the fuel oil pipes is intended 2. When the circulation pump is stopped with
to operate in two situations: heavy fuel oil in the piping and the pipes have
cooled down to engine room temperature, as
1. When the circulation pump is running, there it is not possible to pump the heavy fuel oil.
will be a temperature loss in the piping, see In this situation the fuel oil must be heated to
Fig. 7.04.02. This loss is very small, therefore pumping temperature of about 50 ºC.
tracing in this situation is only necessary with
very long fuel supply lines. To heat the pipe to pumping level we recom-
mend to use 100 watt leaking/meter pipe.
&RESHæCOOLING
,
#YLæ WATERæOUTLET
&UELæVALVE
3HOCKæABSORBER $RAINæCYLæFRAME
3EEæDRAWING
&UELæPUMP
&UELæOILæPIPESæINSULATION
&
"8
!&
!$
"$
8
"&
In order to fulfil IMO regulations, fuel oil and lubri- To avoid leaks, the spray shields are to be in-
cating oil pipe assemblies are to be enclosed by stalled after pressure testing of the pipe system.
spray shields as shown in Fig. 7.04.04a and b.
!NTIçSPLASHINGæTAPE #LAMPINGæBANDS
/VERLAP
178 52 555.2
Fig. 7.04.04a: Spray Shields by anti-splashing tape Fig. 7.04.04b: Spray Shields by clamping bands
• Specific gravities > 0.991 and (corresponding to This is to be of the screw or gear wheel type.
CIMAC Kgrades).
Fuel oil viscosity, specified.... up to 700 cSt at 50 °C
For the latter specific gravities, the manufacturers Fuel oil viscosity maximum .......................1000 cSt
have developed special types of centrifuges, e.g.: Pump head ......................................................4 bar
Fuel oil flow ........................ see ‘List of Capacities’
Alfa Laval ........................................................Alcap Delivery pressure ............................................4 bar
Westfalia ....................................................... Unitrol Working temperature ................................... 100 °C
Mitsubishi .............................................. EHidens II Minimum temperature .................................... 50 °C
The centrifuge should be able to treat approxi- The capacity stated in ‘List of Capacities’ is to be ful-
mately the following quantity of oil: filled with a tolerance of: ÷0% to +15% and shall also
be able to cover the backflushing, see ‘Fuel oil filter’.
0.23 litres/kWh
• Water content in fuel oil This is to be of the screw or gear wheel type.
• Possible sludge, ash and other impurities in the
fuel oil Fuel oil viscosity, specified.... up to 700 cSt at 50 °C
• Increased fuel oil consumption, in connection Fuel oil viscosity normal ................................20 cSt
with other conditions than ISO standard condi- Fuel oil viscosity maximum .......................1000 cSt
tion Fuel oil flow ........................ see ‘List of Capacities’
• Purifier service for cleaning and maintenance. Pump head ......................................................6 bar
Delivery pressure .......................................... 10 bar
The size of the centrifuge has to be chosen ac- Working temperature ................................... 150 °C
cording to the supplier’s table valid for the select-
ed viscosity of the Heavy Fuel Oil. Normally, two The capacity stated in ‘List of Capacities’ is to be ful-
centrifuges are installed for Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO), filled with a tolerance of: ÷0% to +15% and shall also
each with adequate capacity to comply with the be able to cover the backflushing, see ‘Fuel oil filter’.
above recommendation.
Pump head is based on a total pressure drop in
A centrifuge for Marine Diesel Oil (MDO) is not a filter and preheater of maximum 1.5 bar.
must. However, MAN Diesel recommends that at
least one of the HFO purifiers can also treat MDO.
The heater is to be of the tube or plate heat ex- Fuel oil viscosity specified ... up to 700 cSt at 50°C
changer type. Fuel oil flow .................................... see capacity of
fuel oil circulating pump
The required heating temperature for different oil Heat dissipation ................. see ‘List of Capacities’
viscosities will appear from the ‘Fuel oil heating Pressure drop on fuel oil side ........maximum 1 bar
chart’, Fig. 7.05.01. The chart is based on informa- Working pressure .......................................... 10 bar
tion from oil suppliers regarding typical marine Fuel oil inlet temperature .................approx. 100 °C
fuels with viscosity index 7080. Fuel oil outlet temperature ........................... 150 °C
Steam supply, saturated ..........................7 bar abs
Since the viscosity after the heater is the control-
led parameter, the heating temperature may vary, To maintain a correct and constant viscosity of
depending on the viscosity and viscosity index of the fuel oil at the inlet to the main engine, the
the fuel. steam supply shall be automatically controlled,
usually based on a pneumatic or an electrically
Recommended viscosity meter setting is 1015 cSt. controlled system.
!PPROXIMATEæVISCOSITY
AFTERæHEATER
#
.ORMALæHEATINGæLIMIT
!PPROXIMATEæPUMPINGæLIMIT
C34#
C34#
SEC2Wæ&
178 06 280.1
&UELæOILælLTER &UELæOILæVENTINGæBOX
4HEælLTERæCANæBEæOFæTHEæMANUALLYæCLEANEDæDUPLEXæ 4HEæDESIGNæOFæTHEæ&UELæOILæVENTINGæBOXæISæSHOWNæINæ
TYPEæORæANæAUTOMATICælLTERæWITHæAæMANUALLYæCLEANEDæ &IGææ4HEæSIZEæISæCHOSENæACCORDINGæTOæTHEæ
BYPASSælLTER MAXIMUMæmOWæOFæTHEæFUELæOILæCIRCULATIONæPUMPæ
WHICHæISæLISTEDæINæSECTIONæ
)FæAæDOUBLEælLTERæDUPLEX æISæINSTALLEDæITæSHOULDæ
HAVEæSUFlCIENTæCAPACITYæTOæALLOWæTHEæSPECIlEDæFULLæ 6ENTæPIPE
NOMINALæ$
AMOUNTæOFæOILæTOæmOWæTHROUGHæEACHæSIDEæOFæTHEælLTERæ
ATæAæGIVENæWORKINGæTEMPERATUREæWITHæAæMAXææ
BARæPRESSUREæDROPæACROSSæTHEælLTERæCLEANælLTER #ONE
(
)FæAælLTERæWITHæBACKmUSHINGæARRANGEMENTæISæ
INSTALLEDæTHEæFOLLOWINGæSHOULDæBEæNOTEDæ4HEæRE
QUIREDæOILæmOWæSPECIlEDæINæTHEæ@,ISTæOFæCAPACITIESæ
IEæTHEæDELIVERYæRATEæOFæTHEæFUELæOILæSUPPLYæPUMPæANDæ
THEæFUELæOILæCIRCULATINGæPUMPæSHOULDæBEæINCREASEDæ
BYæTHEæAMOUNTæOFæOILæUSEDæFORæTHEæBACKmUSHINGæSOæ 4OPæOFæFUELæOILæ
SERVICEæTANK
THATæTHEæFUELæOILæPRESSUREæATæTHEæINLETæTOæTHEæMAINæEN
(
GINEæCANæBEæMAINTAINEDæDURINGæCLEANING )NLETæPIPE
NOMINALæ$
(
(
)NæTHOSEæCASESæWHEREæANæAUTOMATICALLYæCLEANEDæ
lLTERæISæINSTALLEDæITæSHOULDæBEæNOTEDæTHATæINæORDERæ
TOæACTIVATEæTHEæCLEANINGæPROCESSæCERTAINæMAKERSæOFæ
lLTERSæREQUIREæAæGREATERæOILæPRESSUREæATæTHEæINLETæTOæ
THEælLTERæTHANæTHEæPUMPæPRESSUREæSPECIlEDæ4HERE
0IPE
NOMINALæ$
FOREæTHEæPUMPæCAPACITYæSHOULDæBEæADEQUATEæFORæ
THISæPURPOSEæTOO
(
4HEæFUELæOILælLTERæSHOULDæBEæBASEDæONæHEAVYæFUELæOILæ /UTLETæPIPE
NOMINALæ$
OFææC3TæATææª#æææC3TæATææª#æææSECæ
ææç
2EDWOODæ)æª&
&LOWæMH $IMENSIONSæINæMM
&UELæOILæmOWæ SEEæ@,ISTæOFæCAPACITIES 1æMAX
$ $ $ ( ( ( ( (
7ORKINGæPRESSUREæ æBAR
4ESTæPRESSUREæ ACCORDINGæTOæCLASSæRULE
!BSOLUTEælNENESSæ æ«M
7ORKINGæTEMPERATUREæ MAXIMUMææª#
/ILæVISCOSITYæATæWORKINGæTEMPERATUREææC3T
0RESSUREæDROPæATæCLEANælLTERæMAXIMUMææBAR
&ILTERæTOæBEæCLEANEDæATæAæPRESSUREæ
DROPæOFææMAXIMUMææBAR
æ4HEæMAXIMUMæmOWæOFæTHEæFUELæOILæCIRCULATIONæPUMP
.OTE &IGææ&UELæOILæVENTINGæBOX
!BSOLUTEælNENESSæCORRESPONDSæTOæAæNOMINALælNE
NESSæOFæAPPROXIMATELYææ«MæATæAæRETAININGæRATEæOFæ
&LUSHINGæOFæTHEæFUELæOILæSYSTEM
ææ
-!.æ"7æ-#-#
#æ-%-%
#-%
')-%
"æENGINES
-#-%æ%NGINEæSELECTIONæGUIDES -!.æ$IESEL
MAN B&W 7.06
Page 1 of 2
The emulsification of water into the fuel oil reduc- Safety system
es the NOx emission with about 1% per 1% water
added to the fuel up to about 20% without modifi- In case the pressure in the fuel oil line drops, the
cation of the engine fuel injection equipment. water homogenised into the Water In Fuel emul-
sion will evaporate, damaging the emulsion and
A Water In Fuel emulsion (WIF) mixed for this pur- creating supply problems. This situation is avoid-
pose and based on Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) is stable ed by installing a third, air driven supply pump,
for a long time, whereas a WIF based on Marine which keeps the pressure as long as air is left in
Diesel Oil is only stable for a short period of time the tank ‘S’, see Fig. 7.06.01.
unless an emulsifying agent is applied.
Before the tank ‘S’ is empty, an alarm is given and
As both the MAN B&W twostroke main engine the drain valve is opened, which will drain off the
and the MAN Diesel GenSets are designed to run WIF and replace it with HFO or diesel oil from the
on emulsified HFO, it can be used for a common service tank.
system.
The drain system is kept at atmospheric pressure,
It is supposed below, that both the main engine so the water will evaporate when the hot emulsion
and GenSets are running on the same fuel, either enters the safety tank. The safety tank shall be
HFO or a homogenised HFO-based WIF. designed accordingly.
The higher temperature calls for a higher pressure For further information about emulsification of wa-
to prevent cavitation and steam formation in the ter into the fuel and use of Water In Fuel emulsion
system. The inlet pressure is thus set to 13 bar. (WIF), please refer to our publication titled:
In order to avoid temperature chock when mixing Exhaust Gas Emission Control Today and
water into the fuel in the homogeniser, the water Tomorrow
inlet temperature is to be set to 7090 °C.
The publication is available at: www.mandiesel.com
under ‘Quicklinks’ → ‘Technical Papers
&ROM
CENTRIFUGES $ECK
!UTOMATIC
4OæSPECIAL DEçAERATING $EçAERATINGæTOæBEæ
SAFETYæTANK VALVE CONTROLLEDæAGAINSTæ
EXPANSIONæOFæWATER
6ENTINGæBOX
4Oæ(&/ "& !$
&æ/æSPECIAL SERVICEæOR
SAFETYæTANK !& "$
SETTLINGæTANK
#OMMONæFUELæOILæSUPPLYæUNIT æMM
.OM
/VERFLOWæVALVE BORE
ADJUSTEDæTO B
æBAR &ULLæFLOW A
(OMOGENISER FILTER -AINæENGINE
3UPPLYæPUMPS
7ATERæINæOIL &/
MEASURING DRAIN
&ILTER
"OOSTER TANK
PUMP 4Oæ(&/æSERVICE
ORæSETTLINGæTANK
#IRCULATING (EATER
&RESHæWATER
#OMPRESSED PUMPS
SUPPLY
AIR
@3 3AFETYæPUMP
3UPPLYæAIRæTANK AIRæOPERATED
! ! !
! ! !
! ! !
'EN3ET 'EN3ET 'EN3ET
&UELæOIL
4Oæ(&/æSERVICE SLUDGEæTANK 4OæFRESHWATERæCOOLING
ORæSETTLINGæTANK PUMPæSUCTION
a) Tracing fuel oil lines: Max. 150 °C The letters refer to the list of ‘Counterflanges’.
b) Tracing fuel oil drain lines: Max. 90 °C,
min. 50 °C for installations with jacket cooling water
198 99 018.3
Fig. 7.06.01: System for emulsification of water into the fuel common to the main engine and MAN Diesel GenSets
Lubricating Oil
8
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 8.01
Page 1 of 1
The lubricating oil is pumped from a bottom tank has a drain arrangement so that oil condensed in
by means of the main lubricating oil pump to the the pipe can be led to a drain tank, see details in
lubricating oil cooler, a thermostatic valve and, Fig. 8.07.01.
through a fullflow filter, to the engine inlet RU, Fig.
8.01.01. Drains from the engine bedplate ‘AE’ are fitted on
both sides, see Fig. 8.07.02 ‘Bedplate drain pipes’.
RU lubricates main bearings, thrust bearing, axial
vibration damper, piston cooling, crosshead bear- For external pipe connections, we prescribe a
ings, crankpin bearings. It also supplies oil to the maximum oil velocity of 1.8 m/s.
Hydraulic Power Supply unit and to moment com-
pensator and torsional vibration damper.
Lubrication of turbochargers
From the engine, the oil collects in the oil pan,
from where it is drained off to the bottom tank, Turbochargers with slide bearings are normally
see Fig. 8.06.01a and b ‘Lubricating oil tank, with lubricated from the main engine system. AB is
cofferdam’. By class demand, a cofferdam must outlet from the turbocharger, see Figs. 8.03.01 to
be placed underneath the lubricating oil tank. 8.03.04, which are shown with sensors for UMS.
The engine crankcase is vented through ‘AR’ by a Figs. 8.03.01 to 8.03.04 show the lube oil pipe ar-
pipe which extends directly to the deck. This pipe rangements for different turbocharger makes.
Deck
Engine
oil
To drain tank
*
Min. 15°
AR
Feeler, 45 °C Fullflow filter AB
Lube. oil
cooler Deaeration
RW S S
(YDRAULICæ0OWERæ3UPPLYæ5NIT
)NTERNALLYæONæTHEæENGINEæ25æISæCONNECTEDæTOæTHEæ 4HEæ(YDRAULICæPOWERæSUPPLYæISæAVAILABLE
(YDRAULICæ0OWERæ3UPPLYæUNITæ(03 æWHICHæSUPPLIESæ INææVERSIONS
THEæHYDRAULICæOILæTOæTHEæ(YDRAULICæ#YLINDERæ5NITSæ 4HEæSTANDARDæVERSIONæ%O$ææææISæTHEæCLAS
(#5S æ4HEæ(03æUNITæCANæBEæEITHERæMOUNTEDæONTOæ SICæ-%æPOWERæSUPPLYæWHEREæTHEæHYDRAULICæPOWERæ
THEæENGINEæANDæENGINEæDRIVENæ%O$æææ æORæ ISæGENERATEDæBYæENGINEæDRIVENæPUMPSæANDæSTARTæUPæ
DELIVEREDæSEPARATELYæELECTRICALLYæDRIVENæOPTIONææ PRESSUREæISæCREATEDæBYæELECTRICæDRIVENæSTARTæPUMPSæ
ææ3EEælGSææANDææRESPEC
4HEæCAPACITYæOFæTHEæSTARTæUPæPUMPSæISæONLYæSUF
TIVELY lCIENTæTOæMAKEæTHEæSTARTæUPæPRESSUREæ4HEæENGINEæ
CANæNOTæRUNæWITHæTHEæENGINEæDRIVENæPUMPSæOUTæOFæ
4HEæHYDRAULICæPOWERæSUPPLYæUNITæSHOWNæINæ&IGæ OPERATION
æCONSISTSæOF
4HEæOPTIONALæVERSIONæ%O$ææææISæSIMILARæTOæ
sæANæAUTOMATICæMAINælLTERæWITHæAæREDUNDANCEælLTERæ THEæSTANDARDæVERSIONæBUTæTHEæELECTRICæDRIVENæSTARTæ
INæPARALLEL UPæPUMPSæHAVEæAæCAPACITYæSUFlCIENTæTOæGIVEæ4AKEæ
sæTWOæELECTRICALLYæDRIVENæPUMPS (OMEæPOWERæATæLEASTææENGINEæPOWERæ4HEæ
sæTHREEæENGINEæDRIVENæPUMPS ELECTRICæPOWERæCONSUMPTIONæSHOULDæBEæTAKENæINTOæ
sæANæSAFETYæANDæACCUMULATORæBLOCK CONSIDERATIONæINæTHEæSPECIlCATIONæOFæTHEæAUXILLIARYæ
MACHINERYæCAPACITY
27æISæTHEæOILæOUTLETæFROMæTHEæAUTOMATICæBACKmUSH
INGælLTER
!TæSTARTæONEæOFæTHEæTWOæELECTRICALLYæDRIVENæSTARTçUPæ
PUMPSæISæACTIVATEDæANDæITæISæSTOPPEDæASæSOONæASæ
THEæTHREEæENGINEæDRIVENæPUMPSæHAVEæTAKENæOVERæ
THEæHYDRAULICæOILæSUPPLY
4HEæHYDRAULICæOILæISæSUPPLIEDæTOæTHEæ(YDRAULICæ#YL
INDERæ5NITSæ(#5 æLOCATEDæATæEACHæCYLINDERæWHEREæ
ITæISæDIVERTEDæTOæTHEæELECTRONICæ&UELæ)NJECTIONæSYS
TEMæANDæTOæTHEæELECTRONICæEXHAUSTæ6ALVEæ!CTIVA
TIONæ&)6! æSYçSTEMæWHICHæPERFORMæTHEæFUELæINJEC
TIONæANDæOPENSæTHEæEXHAUSTæVALVEæ4HEæEXHAUSTæ
VALVEæISæCLOSEDæBYæTHEæCONVENTIONALæ@AIRæSPRING
4HEæELECTRONICæSIGNALSæTOæTHEæ&)6!æVALVESæAREæGIVENæ
BYæTHEæ%NGINEæ#ONTROLæ3YSTEMæSEEæ#HAPTERææ
%NGINEæ#ONTROLæ3YSTEMæ%#3
S Fore
Aft
Hydraulic Power Supply unit
AR
Safety and accumulator block
System oil outlet
&IGææ%NGINEæDRIVENæHYDRAULICæPOWERæSUPPLYæUNIT
PI 8108 Z WT 8812 I AH Y
M M
(YDRAULICæPOWERæSUPPLYæUNITæ%NGINEæ$RIVEN
-!.æ$IESEL
Filter unit
Automatic
by-pass
valve
Back-flushing oil
Main filter RW
Redundance filter TE 8106 I AH
TI 8112
4HEæLETTERSæREFERæTOæ@,ISTæOFæmANGES
LS 1235 AH LS 1236 AH Z
4HEæPOSæNUMBERSæREFERæTOæ@,ISTæOFæINSTRUMENTS
ææ
ææç
0AGEææOFæ
MAN B&W 8.03
Page 1 of 2
PI 8103
TE 8117 I AH
AB
121 14 96-6.1.0
PI 8103
PT 8103 I AL
AB
126 40 85-8.3.0
PI 8103
E
MET turbocharger
TI 8117
TE 8117 I AH
AB
126 40 87-1.2.0
0.136 litre/kWh
Circulating oil
Company SAE 30, BN 510
BP Energol OEHT 30
Castrol CDX 30
Chevron *) Veritas 800 Marine 30
ExxonMobil Mobilgard 300
Shell Melina 30 / S 30
Total Atlanta Marine D 3005
*) Includes Caltex, Chevron and Texaco
The lubricating oil pump can be of the displace- The lubricating oil cooler must be of the shell and
ment wheel, or the centrifugal type: tube type made of seawater resistant material, or
a plate type heat exchanger with plate material
Lubricating oil viscosity, specified...75 cSt at 50 °C of titanium, unless freshwater is used in a central
Lubricating oil viscosity........... maximum 400 cSt * cooling water system.
Lubricating oil flow .............. see ‘List of capacities’
Design pump head .......................................4.6 bar Lubricating oil viscosity, specified...75 cSt at 50 °C
Delivery pressure .........................................4.6 bar Lubricating oil flow .............. see ‘List of capacities’
Max. working temperature ............................. 70 °C Heat dissipation .................. see ‘List of capacities’
Lubricating oil temperature, outlet cooler ...... 45 °C
* 400 cSt is specified, as it is normal practice when Working pressure on oil side........................4.6 bar
starting on cold oil, to partly open the bypass Pressure drop on oil side ............maximum 0.5 bar
valves of the lubricating oil pumps, so as to reduce Cooling water flow............... see ‘List of capacities’
the electric power requirements for the pumps. Cooling water temperature at inlet:
seawater ......................................................... 32 °C
The flow capacity must be within a range from freshwater....................................................... 36 °C
100 to 112% of the capacity stated. Pressure drop on water side .......maximum 0.2 bar
The pump head is based on a total pressure drop The lubricating oil flow capacity must be within a
across cooler and filter of maximum 1 bar. range from 100 to 112% of the capacity stated.
Referring to Fig. 8.01.01, the bypass valve shown The cooling water flow capacity must be within a
between the main lubricating oil pumps may be range from 100 to 110% of the capacity stated.
omitted in cases where the pumps have a builtin
bypass or if centrifugal pumps are used. To ensure the correct functioning of the lubricat-
ing oil cooler, we recommend that the seawater
If centrifugal pumps are used, it is recommended temperature is regulated so that it will not be
to install a throttle valve at position ‘005’ to prevent lower than 10 °C.
an excessive oil level in the oil pan if the centrifugal
pump is supplying too much oil to the engine. The pressure drop may be larger, depending on
the actual cooler design.
During trials, the valve should be adjusted by
means of a device which permits the valve to be
closed only to the extent that the minimum flow Lubricating oil temperature control valve
area through the valve gives the specified lubri-
cating oil pressure at the inlet to the engine at full The temperature control system can, by means of
normal load conditions. It should be possible to a threeway valve unit, bypass the cooler totally
fully open the valve, e.g. when starting the engine or partly.
with cold oil.
Lubricating oil viscosity, specified ....75 cSt at 50 °C
It is recommended to install a 25 mm valve (pos. Lubricating oil flow .............. see ‘List of capacities’
006), with a hose connection after the main lubri- Temperature range, inlet to engine .........40 47 °C
cating oil pumps, for checking the cleanliness of
the lubricating oil system during the flushing pro-
cedure. The valve is to be located on the under-
side of a horizontal pipe just after the discharge
from the lubricating oil pumps.
Lubricating oil flow .............. see ‘List of capacities’ If a filter with a backflushing arrangement is in-
Working pressure .........................................4.6 bar stalled, the following should be noted:
Test pressure .....................according to class rules
Absolute fineness .........................................50 μm* • The required oil flow, specified in the ‘List of
Working temperature ............. approximately 45 °C capacities’, should be increased by the amount
Oil viscosity at working temp. ............. 90 100 cSt of oil used for the backflushing, so that the
Pressure drop with clean filter ....maximum 0.2 bar lubricating oil pressure at the inlet to the main
Filter to be cleaned engine can be maintained during cleaning.
at a pressure drop .......................maximum 0.5 bar
• If an automatically cleaned filter is installed, it
* The absolute fineness corresponds to a nominal should be noted that in order to activate the
fineness of approximately 35 μm at a retaining cleaning process, certain makes of filter require
rate of 90%. a higher oil pressure at the inlet to the filter than
the pump pressure specified. Therefore, the
The flow capacity must be within a range from pump capacity should be adequate for this pur-
100 to 112% of the capacity stated. pose, too.
If a double filter (duplex) is installed, it should Before starting the engine for the first time, the lu-
have sufficient capacity to allow the specified full bricating oil system on board has to be cleaned in
amount of oil to flow through each side of the filter accordance with MAN Diesel’s recommendations:
at a given working temperature with a pressure ‘Flushing of Main Lubricating Oil System’, which is
drop across the filter of maximum 0.2 bar (clean available on request.
filter).
%NGINEæBUILDERSæSUPPLY
/ILæANDæTEMPERATUREæRESISTANT
RUBBERææLAYERS æYARDSæSUPPLY
178 07 416.1
,UBRICATINGæ/ILæ4ANK
! !
æææ#YL
æææ#YL
! "
$
/,
,
$ $
! " /UTLETæFROMæENGINEææMM
( (
(
HAVINGæITgSæBOTTOMæEDGE
BELOWæTHEæOILæLEVELæTOæOBTAINæ
GASæSEALæBETWEENæCRANKCASEæ
ANDæBOTTOMæTANK
7 $
æMMæAIRæPIPE
/ILæOUTLETæFROMæTURBOCHARGERææææææææææ
3EEæLISTæOFæ@#OUNTERFLANGES #YLINDERæ.O
æCYL
#YLINDERæ.O
(
-INæHEIGHTæ
æCYL ACCORDING
TOæCLASSæ
REQUIREMENT
#YLINDERæ.O
æ"ASEDæONææMMæTHICKNESSæOF
ææEPOXYæSUPPORTINGæCHOCKS
ææç
æ&IGæAæ,UBRICATINGæOILæTANKæWITHæCOFFERDAM
.OTE )FæTHEæSYSTEMæOUTSIDEæTHEæENGINEæISæSOæDESIGNEDæ
7HENæCALCULATINGæTHEæTANKæHEIGHTSæALLOWANCEæHASæ THATæANæAMOUNTæOFæTHEæLUBRICATINGæOILæISæDRAINEDæ
NOTæBEENæMADEæFORæTHEæPOSSIBILITYæTHATæAæQUANTITYæOFæ BACKæTOæTHEæTANKæWHENæTHEæPUMPSæAREæSTOPPEDæ
OILæINæTHEæLUBRICATINGæOILæSYSTEMæOUTSIDEæTHEæENGINEæ THEæHEIGHTæOFæTHEæBOTTOMæTANKæINDICATEDæINæ4ABLEæ
MAYæBEæRETURNEDæTOæTHEæBOTTOMæTANKæWHENæTHEæ BæHASæTOæBEæINCREASEDæTOæINCLUDEæTHISæQUAN
PUMPSæAREæSTOPPED TITYæ)FæSPACEæISæLIMITEDæHOWEVERæOTHERæSOLUTIONSæ
AREæPOSSIBLE
#YLIN
$RAINæAT
$ $ $ ( ( ( ( 7 , /, 1M
DERæ.O CYLINDERæ.O
ç X X
çç X X
X X
4ABLEæBæ,UBRICATINGæOILæTANKæWITHæCOFFERDAM
,UBRICATINGæOILæTANKæOPERATINGæCONDITIONS
4HEæLUBRICATINGæOILæBOTTOMæTANKæCOMPLIESæWITHæTHEæ
RULESæOFæTHEæCLASSIlCATIONæSOCIETIESæBYæOPERATIONæ
UNDERæTHEæFOLLOWINGæCONDITIONS
!NGLEæOFæINCLINATIONæDEGREES
!THWARTSHIPS &OREæANDæAFT
3TATIC $YNAMIC 3TATIC $YNAMIC
Crankcase venting
The engine crankcase is vented through ‘AR’
through a pipe extending directly to the deck. This
pipe has a drain arrangement that permits oil con-
densed in the pipe to be led to a drain tank, see
Fig. 8.01.01. Deck
Hole diam.: 75 mm
To be equipped with flame screen AR
if required by class rules
This pipe to be
delivered with the engine
Drain cowl
198 97 101.4b
Drains
Drains from the engine bedplate ‘AE’ are fitted on For external pipe connections, we specify a maxi-
both sides of the engine, see Fig. 8.08.01. mum oil velocity of 1.8 m/s.
From the engine the oil collects in the oil pan from
where it is drained off to the bottom tank.
LS 1235 AH
LS 1236 AH Z
Hydraulic power
supply unit
AE
121 15 351.2.0
The special suction arrangement for purifier suc- This special arrangement for purifier suction will
tion in connection with the ME engine (Integrated ensure that a good cleaning effect on the lubrica-
system). tion oil is obtained.
The back-flushing oil from the self cleaning 6 μm If found profitable the back-flushed lubricating oil
hydraulic control oil filter unit built onto the engine from the main lubricating oil filter (normally a 50 or
is contaminated and it is therefore not expedient to 40 μm filter) can also be returned into the special
lead it directly into the lubricating oil sump tank. back-flushing oil drain tank.
8XØ50
holes
it. Therefore, we suggest that the lubricating
oil sump tank is modified for the ME engines in
order not to have this contaminated lubricating
50
hydraulic control oil mixed up in the total amount Oil level
of lubricating oil. The lubricating oil sump tank is
designed with a small ‘back-flushing hydraulic Branch pipe to
backflushing
control oil drain tank’ to which the back-flushed hydraulic control
Sump
D
oil drain tank
hydraulic control oil is led and from which the lu- tank
bricating oil purifier can also suck. D
Backflushing
D/3
D/3
hydraulic control
This is explained in detail below and the principle oil drain tank
is shown in Fig. 8.08.01. Three suggestions for the
arrangement of the drain tank in the sump tank Lubricating Pipe ø400
oil tank bottom or 400
are shown in Fig. 8.08.02 illustrates another sug- 178 52 496.2
gestion for a back-flushing oil drain tank. Fig. 8.08.01: Backflushing servo oil drain tank
3EPARATEæ3YSTEMæFORæ(YDRAULICæ#ONTROLæ5NIT
4HEæTANKæISæTOæBEæEQUIPPEDæWITHæmANGEæCONNEC
4EMPERATUREæCONTROLLEDæTHREEçWAYæVALVEæ
TIONSæANDæTHEæITEMSæLISTEDæBELOW 4HEæVALVEæMUSTæACTæASæAæCONTROLæVALVEæWITHæANæEX
æ/ILælLLINGæPIPE TERNALæSENSOR
æ/UTLETæPIPEæFORæPUMPæSUCTIONS 4HEæFOLLOWINGæDATAæISæSPECIlEDæINæ&IGæ
æ2ETURNæPIPEæFROMæENGINE sæ#APACITY
æ$RAINæPIPE sæ!DJUSTABLEæTEMPERATUREæRANGE
æ6ENTæPIPE sæ-AXIMUMæPRESSUREæDROPæACROSSæTHEæVALVE
(YDRAULICæCONTROLæOILælLTER ,EVELæALARM
4HEælLTERæISæTOæBEæOFæTHEæDUPLEXæFULLæmOWæTYPEæWITHæ 4HEæHYDRAULICæCONTROLæOILæTANKæHASæTOæHAVEæLEVELæ
MANUALæCHANGEæOVERæANDæMANUALæCLEANINGæORæOFæ ALARMSæFORæHIGHæANDæLOWæOILæLEVEL
THEæAUTOMATICæSELFæCLEANINGæTYPE
0IPING
!æDIFFERENTIALæPRESSUREæGAUGEæISælTTEDæONTOæTHEæ 4HEæPIPESæCANæBEæMADEæOFæMILDæSTEEL
lLTER 4HEæDESIGNæOILæPRESSUREæISæTOæBEææBAR
4HEæFOLLOWINGæDATAæISæSPECIlEDæINæ&IGæ 4HEæRETURNæPIPESæAREæTOæBEæPLACEDæVERTICALæORæLAIDæ
sæ&ILTERæCAPACITY WITHæAæDOWNWARDSæINCLINATIONæOFæMINIMUMæª
sæ-AXIMUMæPRESSUREæDROPæACROSSæTHEælLTER
sæ&ILTERæMESHæSIZEæABSOLUTE
sæ/ILæVISCOSITY
sæ$ESIGNæTEMPERATURE
/FF
LINEæHYDRAULICæCONTROLæOILælNEælLTERæORæPURIlER
&IGæ
4HEæOFF
LINEælNEælLTERæUNITæORæPURIlERæMUSTæBEæABLEæ
TOæTREATæ
æOFæTHEæTOTALæOILæVOLUMEæPERæHOUR
4HEælNEælLTERæISæANæOFF
LINEælLTERæANDæREMOVESæME
TALLICæANDæNON
METALLICæPARTICLESæLARGERæTHANææ
«MæASæWELLæASæWATERæANDæOXIDATIONæ4HEælLTERæHASæAæ
PERTAININGæPUMPæANDæISæTOæBEælTTEDæONæTHEæTOPæOFæ
THEæHYDRAULICæCONTROLæOILæTANK
!æSUITABLEælNEælLTERæUNITæIS
-AKEæ#*#æ##æ*ENSENæ!3æ3VENDBORGæ
$ENMARKæ
æWWWCJCDK
&ORæOILæVOLUMEææLITRESæ
($5æ
-:
:æWITHæAæPUMPæmOWæOFæ
æOFæTHEæ
TOTALæOILæVOLUMEæPERæHOUR
&ORæOILæVOLUMEææLITRESæ
($5æ
'0
$:æWITHæAæPUMPæmOWæOFæ
æOFæ
THEæTOTALæOILæVOLUMEæPERæHOUR
4EMPERATUREæINDICATOR
4HEæTEMPERATUREæINDICATORæISæTOæBEæOFæTHEæLIQUIDæ
STRAIGHTæTYPE
0RESSUREæINDICATOR
4HEæPRESSUREæINDICATORæISæTOæBEæOFæTHEæDIALæTYPE
#OOLINGæWATER
INLET
4OæBEæPOSITIONEDæASæCLOSEæ
ASæPOSSIBLEæTOæTHEæENGINE
/ILæ&ILLING
#OOLINGæWATER 0IPE
OUTLET
0URIFIERæOR
&INEæ&ILTERæ5NIT 6ENTæ0IPE
0) ) 2:
,3 !(æ!,
ææç
&IGææ(YDRAULICæCONTROLæOILæSYSTEMæMANUALælLTER
198 79 29-6.0
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W
Cylinder Lubrication
9
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 9.01
Page 1 of 1
The cost of the cylinder lubricating oil is one of the Cylinder oil feed rate (dosage)
largest contributions to total operating costs, next
to the fuel oil cost. Another aspect is that the lu- Adjustment of the cylinder oil dosage to the sul-
brication rate has a great influence on the cylinder phur content in the fuel being burnt is further ex-
condition, and thus on the overhauling schedules plained in Section 9.02.
and maintenance costs.
Cylinder oils
The MAN B&W Alpha cylinder lubrication system, Alpha Adaptive Cylinder Oil
see Figs. 9.02.02a and 9.02.02b, is designed to Control (Alpha ACC)
supply cylinder oil intermittently, e.g. every four
engine revolutions with electronically controlled It is a wellknown fact that the actual need for
timing and dosage at a defined position. cylinder oil quantity varies with the operational
conditions such as load and fuel oil quality. Con-
The cylinder lubricating oil is pumped from the sequently, in order to perform the optimal lubrica-
cylinder oil storage tank to the service tank, the tion – costeffectively as well as technically – the
size of which depends on the owner’s and the cylinder lubricating oil dosage should follow such
yard’s requirements, it is normally dimensioned operational variations accordingly.
for minimum two days’ cylinder lubricating oil
consumption. The Alpha lubricating system offers the possibility
of saving a considerable amount of cylinder lubri-
Cylinder lubricating oil is fed to the Alpha cylinder cating oil per year and, at the same time, to obtain
lubrication system by gravity from the service a safer and more predictable cylinder condition.
tank.
The storage tank and the service tank may alter- Working principle
natively be one and the same tank.
The basic feed rate control should be adjusted in
The oil fed to the injectors is pressurised by relation to the actual fuel quality and amount be-
means of the Alpha Lubricator which is placed ing burnt at any given time. The sulphur percent-
on the HCU and equipped with small multipiston age is a good indicator in relation to wear, and an
pumps. oil dosage proportional to the sulphur level will
give the best overall cylinder condition.
The oil pipes fitted on the engine is shown in Fig.
9.02.04. The following two criteria determine the control:
The whole system is controlled by the Cylinder The cylinder oil dosage shall be proportional to
Control Unit (CCU) which controls the injection the sulphur percentage in the fuel
frequency on the basis of the enginespeed signal
given by the tacho signal and the fuel index. The cylinder oil dosage shall be proportional to
the engine load (i.e. the amount of fuel entering
Prior to start-up, the cylinders can be prelubric- the cylinders).
ated and, during the runningin period, the opera-
tor can choose to increase the lubricating oil feed The implementation of the above two criteria will
rate to a max. setting of 200%. lead to an optimal cylinder oil dosage, proportion-
al to the amount of sulphur entering the cylinders.
The MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder Lubricator is pref-
erably to be controlled in accordance with the Al-
pha ACC (Adaptive Cylinder oil Control) feed rate
system.
The recommendations are valid for all plants, Due to the sulphur dependency, the average cyl-
whether controllable pitch or fixed pitch propellers inder oil dosages rely on the sulphur distribution
are used. in worldwide fuel bunkers. Based on deliveries all
over the world, the resulting yearly specific cylin-
Safe and very lubricatingeconomical control after der oil dosage is close to 0.65 g/kWh.
running-in is obtained with a basic setting accord-
ing to the formula: Further information on cylinder oil as a function of
fuel oil sulphur content and alkalinity of lubricating
Basic lubricating oil setting = 0.20 g/kWh x S% oil is available from MAN Diesel.
178 61 196.0
Fig 9.02.01: Cylinder lubricating oil dosage with Alpha ACC at all loads (BN 70 cylinder oil) after running-in
In case of low engine room temperature, it can be The engine builder is to make the insulation and
difficult to keep the cylinder oil temperature at 45 heating on the main cylinder oil pipe on the en-
°C at the MAN B&W Alpha Lubricator, mounted on gine. Moreover, the engine builder is to mount the
the hydraulic cylinder. junction box and the thermostat on the engine.
See Fig. 9.02.03.
Therefore the cylinder oil pipe from the small tank,
see Figs. 9.02.02a and 9.02.02b, in the vessel and The ship yard is to make the insulation of the
of the main cylinder oil pipe on the engine is insu- cylinder oil pipe in the engine room. The heat-
lated and electricallly heated. ing cable supplied by the engine builder is to be
mounted from the small tank to the juntion box on
the engine. See Figs. 9.02.02a and 9.02.02b.
Deck
Insulation
Sensor
Internal connection Lubricating
Level changes both at the oil pipe
alarm
Min. 3,000 mm
same time
LS 8212 AL
Heater with set
point of 45°C
TI
heater element
Min. 2,000 mm
Heating cable
100 101
engine builder
supply Alutape
Heating cable
AC
0079 33 17-1.0.0
Fig. 9.02.02a: Cylinder lubricating oil system with dual service tanks for two different TBN cylinder oils
#YLINDERææ #YLINDERææ
LINERæ LINERæ
&LOWæSENSOR &LOWæSENSOR
,UBRICATORæ
&EEDBACKæSENSORæ ,UBRICATORæ &EEDBACKæSENSORæ
3OLENOIDæVALVEæ 3OLENOIDæVALVEæ
æBARæ 4OæOTHERæ
SYSTEMæOILæ æ CYLINDERSæ
(YDRAULICæ (YDRAULICæ
#YLINDERæ5NITæ #YLINDERæ5NITæ
#YLINDERææ #YLINDERæ
#ONTROLæ5NITæ #ONTROLæ5NIT
178 49 834.6b
Fig. 9.02.02b: Cylinder lubricating oil system. Example from 80/70/65ME-C engines
4EMPERATUREæSWITCH
!#ææææ#YLINDERæLUBRICATION
&ORWARDæCYLæ
Terminal box
!FTæCYLæ
æ
0OWERæ)NPUT
(EATINGæCABLE
SHIPæBUILDER
SUPPLY
0OWER
)NPUT
(EATINGæCABLE
SHIPæBUILDER
SUPPLY
4ERMINALæBOXæ
4EMPERATUREææ
SWITCHæ
178 53 716.0
Flow sensor
ZV 8204 C Solonoid valve
Lubricator
AC TE 8202 I AH
Drain
178 54 68-8.3
4xø19
for mounting
154
To engine
connection AC
Flange ø140
4xø18 PCD 100
(EN362F0042)
425 91
260
850 268
920 410
239
178 52 758.1
10
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 10.01
Page 1 of 1
Central Cooling
Water System
11
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 11.01
Page 1 of 1
The water cooling can be arranged in several con- For information on the alternative Seawater Cool-
figurations, the most common system choice be- ing System, see Chapter 12.
ing a Central cooling water system.
Advantages of the central cooling system: An arrangement common for the main engine
and MAN Diesel auxiliary engines is available on
• Only one heat exchanger cooled by seawater, request.
and thus, only one exchanger to be overhauled
For further information about common cooling
• All other heat exchangers are freshwater cooled water system for main engines and auxiliary en-
and can, therefore, be made of a less expensive gines please refer to our publication:
material
Uniconcept Auxiliary Systems for Twostroke Main
• Few noncorrosive pipes to be installed
The publication is available at www.mandiesel.com
• Reduced maintenance of coolers and compo- under ‘Quicklinks’ → ‘Technical Papers’
nents
The central cooling water system is characterised air cooler as low as possible also applies to the
by having only one heat exchanger cooled by central cooling system. This means that the tem-
seawater, and by the other coolers, including the perature control valve in the central cooling water
jacket water cooler, being cooled by central cool- circuit is to be set to minimum 10 °C, whereby the
ing water. temperature follows the outboard seawater tem-
perature when central cooling water temperature
In order to prevent too high a scavenge air tem- exceeds 10 °C.
perature, the cooling water design temperature
in the central cooling water system is normally 36 For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
°C, corresponding to a maximum seawater tem- following maximum water velocities:
perature of 32 °C.
Jacket water ................................................ 3.0 m/s
Our recommendation of keeping the cooling water Central cooling water .................................. 3.0 m/s
inlet temperature to the main engine scavenge Seawater ..................................................... 3.0 m/s
%XPANSIONæTANK
CENTRALæCOOLINGæWATER
04ææææ!,
4HESEæVALVESæTOæBEæPROVIDED
4)ææ 4%ææææ)ææ!, WITHæGRADUATEDæSCALE
3EAWATER
OUTLET
2EGARDINGæTHEæLUBRICATINGæOILæCOOLERS 4)
THISæVALVEæSHOULDæBEæADJUSTEDæSOæTHAT
THEæINLETæTEMPERATUREæOFæTHEæCOOLING 4) 4)
,UBRICATINGæ
WATERæISæNOTæBELOWææª# .
OILæCOOLER
#ENTRAL !3
!IRæPOCKETSæIFæANYæINæTHEæPIPEæLINEæ 0
COOLER 4)
BETWEENæTHEæPUMPSæMUSTæBEæVENTEDæ
TOæTHEæEXPANSIONæTANK
0) 4) 0) 4)
0) 4)
#OOLINGæWATER
DRAINæAIRæCOOLER
3EAWATER
INLET
3EAWATER
INLET
*ACKETæCOOLINGæWATER
3EAæWATER
&UELæOIL
4HEæLETTERSæREFERæTOæLISTæOFæ@#OUNTERFLANGESæ&IGææ
4HEæITEMæ.OæREFERæTOæ@'UIDANCEæVALUESæAUTOMATION
178 52 771.1
The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type. The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type.
Seawater flow ..................... see ‘List of Capacities’ Central cooling water flow... see ‘List of Capacities’
Pump head ...................................................2.5 bar Pump head ...................................................2.5 bar
Test pressure .....................according to class rules Delivery pressure ...............depends on location of
Working temperature, normal .....................032 °C expansion tank
Working temperature .................... maximum 50 °C Test pressure .....................according to class rules
Working temperature ..................................... 80 °C
The flow capacity must be within a range from Design temperature...................................... 100 °C
100 to 110% of the capacity stated.
The flow capacity must be within a range from
The differential pressure of the pumps is to be de- 100 to 110% of the capacity stated.
termined on the basis of the total actual pressure
drop across the cooling water system. The ‘List of Capacities’ covers the main engine
only. The differential pressure provided by the
pumps is to be determined on the basis of the to-
Central cooler tal actual pressure drop across the cooling water
system.
The cooler is to be of the shell and tube or plate
heat exchanger type, made of seawater resistant
material. Central cooling water thermostatic valve
Heat dissipation..................... see ‘List of Capacities’ The low temperature cooling system is to be
Central cooling water flow ..... see ‘List of Capacities’ equipped with a threeway valve, mounted as a
Central cooling water temperature, outlet......... 36 °C mixing valve, which bypasses all or part of the
Pressure drop on central cooling side ....max. 0.2 bar fresh water around the central cooler.
Seawater flow........................ see ‘List of Capacities’
Seawater temperature, inlet ............................. 32 °C The sensor is to be located at the outlet pipe from
Pressure drop on the thermostatic valve and is set so as to keep a
seawater side................................ maximum 0.2 bar temperature level of minimum 10 °C.
Due to the central cooler the cooling water inlet See Chapter 8 ‘Lubricating Oil’.
temperature is about 4 °C higher for for this sys-
tem compared to the seawater cooling system.
The input data are therefore different for the scav- Jacket water cooler
enge air cooler, the lube oil cooler and the jacket
water cooler. The cooler is to be of the shell and tube or plate
heat exchanger type.
The heat dissipation and the central cooling water
flow figures are based on an MCR output at tropi- Heat dissipation ................. see ‘List of Capacities’
cal conditions, i.e. a maximum seawater tempera- Jacket water flow ............... see ‘List of Capacities’
ture of 32 °C and an ambient air temperature of Jacket water temperature, inlet...................... 80 °C
45 °C. Pressure drop on jacket water side ....max. 0.2 bar
Central cooling water flow ... see ‘List of Capacities’
Central cooling water
Jacket water cooling pump temperature, inlet ..............................approx. 42 °C
Pressure drop on Central
The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type. cooling water side ................................max. 0.2 bar
Jacket water flow ............... see ‘List of Capacities’
Pump head ...................................................3.0 bar The other data for the jacket cooling water system
Delivery pressure ...............depends on location of can be found in chapter 12.
expansion tank
Test pressure .....................according to class rules For further information about a common cooling
Working temperature ..................................... 80 °C water system for main engines and MAN Diesel
Design temperature...................................... 100 °C auxiliary engines, please refer to our publication:
The flow capacity must be within a range from Uniconcept Auxiliary Systems for Twostroke Main
100 to 110% of the capacity stated.
The publication is available at www.mandiesel.com
The stated of capacities cover the main engine under ‘Quicklinks’ → ‘Technical Papers’
only. The pump head of the pumps is to be de-
termined on the basis of the total actual pressure
drop across the cooling water system.
Seawater
Cooling System
12
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 12.01
Page 1 of 1
Seawater Systems
The seawater cooling system is used for cooling, The interrelated positioning of the coolers in the
the main engine lubricating oil cooler, the jacket system serves to achieve:
water cooler and the scavenge air cooler, see Fig.
12.02.01. • The lowest possible cooling water inlet tem-
perature to the lubricating oil cooler in order to
The lubricating oil cooler for a PTO stepup gear obtain the cheapest cooler. On the other hand,
should be connected in parallel with the other in order to prevent the lubricating oil from stiff-
coolers. The capacity of the seawater pump is ening in cold services, the inlet cooling water
based on the outlet temperature of the seawater temperature should not be lower than 10 °C
being maximum 50 °C after passing through the
coolers – with an inlet temperature of maximum • The lowest possible cooling water inlet tempera-
32 °C (tropical conditions), i.e. a maximum tem- ture to the scavenge air cooler, in order to keep
perature increase of 18 °C. the fuel oil consumption as low as possible.
,UBRICATING
3EAWATER OILæCOOLER
PUMPS
4HERMOSTATIC
VALVE 0
3EAWATER
OUTLET
3CAVENGE
AIRæCOOLER
*ACKETæWATER
COOLER
3EAWATER
INLET
3EAWATER
INLET
198 98 132.5
3EAWATERæ#OOLINGæ0IPES
3CAVENGEæ
AIRæCOOLER
4%ææææ)
4)ææ
!3 !3
0
4)ææ 0)ææ
4%ææææ) 04ææææ)ææ!,
ææç
4HEæLETTERSæREFERæTOæLISTæOFæ@#OUNTERmANGES
4HEæITEMæ.OæREFERæTOæ@'UIDANCEæVALUESæAUTOMATION
&IGææ3EAWATERæCOOLINGæPIPESæFORæENGINESæWITHæONEæTURBOCHARGERS
04ææææ)ææ!(ææ!, 4)ææ
0)ææ 4%ææææ)ææ!(
0
4)ææç 4)ææç
4%ææçææ)ææ!( 4%ææçææ)ææ!(
3CAVENGE 3CAVENGE
AIRæCOOLER AIRæCOOLER
!3 !3
ææç
4HEæLETTERSæREFERæTOæLISTæOFæ@#OUNTERmANGES
4HEæITEMæ.OæREFERæTOæ@'UIDANCEæVALUESæAUTOMATION
&IGææ3EAWATERæCOOLINGæPIPESæFORæENGINESæWITHæTWOæTURBOCHARGERS
The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type. The scavenge air cooler is an integrated part of
the main engine.
Seawater flow ..................... see ‘List of Capacities’
Pump head ...................................................2.5 bar Heat dissipation ................. see ‘List of Capacities’
Test pressure ...................... according to class rule Seawater flow .................... see ‘List of Capacities’
Working temperature .................... maximum 50 °C Seawater temperature,
for seawater cooling inlet, max. ..................... 32 °C
The flow capacity must be within a range from Pressure drop on
100 to 110% of the capacity stated. cooling water side ........... between 0.1 and 0.5 bar
The cooler is to be of the shell and tube or plate The temperature control valve is a threeway valve
heat exchanger type, made of seawater resistant which can recirculate all or part of the seawater to
material. the pump’s suction side. The sensor is to be locat-
ed at the seawater inlet to the lubricating oil cooler,
Heat dissipation ................. see ‘List of Capacities’ and the temperature level must be a minimum of
Jacket water flow ............... see ‘List of Capacities’ +10 °C.
Jacket water temperature, inlet...................... 80 °C
Pressure drop Seawater flow ..................... see ‘List of Capacities’
on jacket water side ....................maximum 0.2 bar Temperature range,
Seawater flow ..................... see ‘List of Capacities’ adjustable within .................................+5 to +32 °C
Seawater temperature, inlet .......................... 38 °C
Pressure drop on
seawater side ..............................maximum 0.2 bar
The jacket cooling water system is used for cool- The venting pipe in the expansion tank should end
ing the cylinder liners, cylinder covers and ex- just below the lowest water level, and the expan-
haust valves of the main engine and heating of the sion tank must be located at least 5 m above the
fuel oil drain pipes, see Fig. 12.05.01. engine cooling water outlet pipe.
The jacket water pump) draws water from the The freshwater generator, if installed, may be con-
jacket water cooler outlet and delivers it to the nected to the seawater system if the generator
engine. does not have a separate cooling water pump.
The generator must be coupled in and out slowly
At the inlet to the jacket water cooler there is a over a period of at least 3 minutes.
thermostatically controlled regulating valve, with
a sensor at the engine cooling water outlet, which For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
keeps the main engine cooling water outlet at a following maximum water velocities:
temperature of 80 °C.
Jacket water ................................................ 3.0 m/s
The engine jacket water must be carefully treated, Seawater ..................................................... 3.0 m/s
maintained and monitored so as to avoid corro-
sion, corrosion fatigue, cavitation and scale for-
mation. It is recommended to install a preheater
if preheating is not available from the auxiliary
engines jacket cooling water system.
LS 8412 AL
AE AE PI
Deaerating tank, Freshwater
Jacket water
Jacket water pumps, see Fig. 12.07.01 generator
cooler
3 bar head
Main
engine
From tracing of fuel oil drain pipe *)
Water inlet for
cleaning turbocharger
Drain from bedplate/cleaning
turbocharger to waste tank Fresh cooling water drain
Jacket cooling water *) Flange BD and the tracing line are not applicable on MC/MCC engines type 42 and smaller
Sea water
Fuel oil
*ACKETæ#OOLINGæ7ATERæ0IPES
7ATERæLEVELæCHECKæVALVE
#YLæ
4%ææææ)ææ!(ææ9(
4)ææ
0$3ææææ!,
,
-
4)ææ
!(
4)ææ
4%ææææ)ææ!,
04ææææ)ææ!,ææ9,
0)ææ ,OCALæOPERATIONæPANEL
03ææææ: /NLYæ',
ææç
4HEæLETTERSæREFERæTOæLISTæOFæ@#OUNTERmANGES
4HEæITEMæ.OæREFERæTOæ@'UIDANCEæVALUESæAUTOMATION
Jacket water cooling pump The sensor is to be located at the outlet from the
main engine, and the temperature level must be
The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type. adjustable in the range of 7090 °C.
$EAERATINGæTANK
$EAERATINGæTANKæDIMENSIONS
*
4ANKæSIZE æM
"
-AXæJACKETæWATERæCAPACITY æMH
$IMENSIONSæINæMM
-AXæNOMINALæDIAMETER
!
&
(
"
!
%
'
#
$
$
%
+
&
)
'
(æ
)
* .$æ
+ .$æ
.$æ.OMINALæDIAMETERæ
$IAMETERæCORRESPONDINGæTO
PIPEæDIAMETERæINæENGINEæROOM 7ORKINGæPRESSUREæISæACCORDINGæTOæACTUALæPIPINGæARRANGEMENT
%XPANSIONæTANK
,3ææææææ!,
,EVELæSWITCHæFLOAT
!LARMæDEVICE
,EVELæSWITCH
,EVELæSWITCHæFLOAT ,EVELæSWITCHæFLOAT
INæPOSITIONæFORæALARM INæNORMALæPOSITIONæçæNOæALARM
&ROMæDEAERATINGæTANK
ææç
Normally, a minimum engine jacket water temper-
ature of 50 °C is recommended before the engine
is started and run up gradually to 90% of speci-
fied MCR speed.
For running between 90% and 100% of specified
MCR speed, it is recommended that the load be
increased slowly – i.e. over a period of 30 minutes.
However, before exceeding 90% specified MCR Fig. 12.08.01: Jacket water preheater
speed, a minimum engine temperature of 50 °C
should be obtained and, increased slowly – i.e.
over a period of at least 30 minutes. Preheating of diesel engine
The time period required for increasing the jacket
water temperature from 20 °C to 50 °C will de- Preheating during standstill periods
pend on the amount of water in the jacket cooling
water system, and the engine load. During short stays in port (i.e. less than 45 days),
it is recommended that the engine is kept pre-
Note: heated, the purpose being to prevent temperature
The above considerations are based on the as- variation in the engine structure and correspond-
sumption that the engine has already been well ing variation in thermal expansions and possible
runin. leakages.
13
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 13.01
Page 1 of 1
The starting air of 30 bar is supplied by the start- The components of the starting and control air
ing air compressors to the starting air receivers systems are further desribed in Section 13.02.
and from these to the main engine inlet ‘A’.
For information about a common starting air sys-
Through a reduction station, filtered compressed tem for main engines and MAN Diesel auxiliary
air at 7 bar is supplied to the control air for ex- engines, please refer to our publication:
haust valve air springs, through engine inlet ‘B’
Uni-concept Auxiliary Systems for Two-Stroke Main
Through a reduction valve, compressed air is sup- Engines and Four-Stroke Auxiliary Engines
plied at 10 bar to ‘AP’ for turbocharger cleaning
(soft blast), and a minor volume used for the fuel The publication is available at www.mandiesel.com
valve testing unit. under ‘Quicklinks’ → ‘Technical Papers’
Reduction valve
Reduction station
Pipe, DN25 mm To fuel valve
testing unit
Starting air
Filter, receiver 30 bar
40 μm
Pipe, DN25 mm PI
To
bilge
B AP
A
Main Pipe a, DN *)
engine
PI
To bilge
Air compressors
The starting air compressors are to be of the Reduction ..........................from 3010 bar to 7 bar
watercooled, twostage type with intercooling. (Tolerance ±10%)
More than two compressors may be installed to Flow rate, free air ............. 2,600 Normal liters/min
supply the total capacity stated. equal to 0.043 m3/s
Air intake quantity: The consumption of compressed air for control air,
Reversible engine, exhaust valve air springs and safety air as well as
for 12 starts ....................... see ‘List of capacities’ air for turbocharger cleaning and fuel valve testing
Nonreversible engine, is covered by the capacities stated for air receiv-
for 6 starts ......................... see ‘List of capacities’ ers and compressors in the list of capacities.
Delivery pressure ........................................ 30 bar
3TARTINGæANDæ#ONTROLæ!IRæ0IPES
:6æææç.æææ#
!CTIVATEæPILOTæPRESSURE
TOæSTARTINGæVALVES
#YLæ
3TARTINGæVALVE
"URSTINGæCAP
:3ææç!æææ)æææ#
:3æææç!ææ#
:3æææç"ææ#
"LOWæOFF :3ææç!æææ)æææ# "LOWæOFF
:3ææç"æææ)æææ#
:3ææç!æææ)æææ#
:3ææç"æææ)æææ#
:3ææç"æææ)æææ#
3LOWæTURNING
ææ
04æææç!æææ)æææ!,
04æææç"æææ)æææ!,
!
0)æææ ,OCALæOPERATINGæPANEL
4HEæLETTERSæREFERæTOæLISTæOFæ@#OUNTERmANGES
4HEæITEMæ.OSæREFERæTOæ@'UIDANCEæVALUESæAUTOMATION
4HEæPIPINGæISæDELIVEREDæWITHæANDælTTEDæONTOæTHEæENGINE
ææç
&IGææ3TARTINGæAIRæPIPES
-!.æ"7æ-%-%ç#-%ç')æENGINES ææç
-!.æ$IESEL
-!.æ"7
0AGEææOFæ
%XHAUSTæ6ALVEæ!IRæ3PRINGæ0IPES
4HEæEXHAUSTæVALVEæISæOPENEDæHYDRAULICALLYæBYæTHEæ 4HEæCOMPRESSEDæAIRæISæTAKENæFROMæTHEæCONTROLæAIRæ
&UELæ)NJECTIONæ6ALVEæ!CTUATORæ&)6! æSYSTEMæWHICHæ SUPPLYæSEEæ&IGæ
ISæACTIVATEDæBYæTHEæ%NGINEæ#ONTROLæ3YSTEMæANDæ
THEæCLOSINGæFORCEæISæPROVIDEDæBYæANæ@AIRæSPRINGæ
WHICHæLEAVESæTHEæVALVEæSPINDLEæFREEæTOæROTATE
04æææç!æææ)æææ!,æææ9 04æææç"æææ)æææ!,æææ9
"
4HEæITEMæ.OSæREFERæTOæ@'UIDANCEæVALUESæAUTOMATION
4HEæPIPINGæISæDELIVEREDæWITHæANDælTTEDæONTOæTHEæENGINE
ææ C
&IGææ!IRæSPRINGæPIPESæFORæEXHAUSTæVALVES
-!.æ"7æ-%-%ç#-%ç')æENGINES ææç
-!.æ$IESEL
-!.æ"7æ
0AGEææOFæ
%LECTRICæ-OTORæFORæ4URNINGæ'EAR
,æ
,æ
,æ
,æ &æ &æ
ç&æ
ç&æ
ç3æ
,æçæ
æ
,æçæ
æ 6æ
ç3æ ç+æ ç+æ
ç3æ
0%æ æ
ç+æ ç+æ
ç+æ ç+æ
2UNNINGæ 2UNNINGæ
&æ
Xçæ Xçæ FORWARDæ REVERSEæ
0%æ
çæ çæ çæ çæ
çæ 5æ 6æ 7æ 0%æ
7æ -æ
6æ
æ
5æ
æ æ
ææç
&IGææ%LECTRICæMOTORæFORæTURNINGæGEARæOPTIONæææ
Scavenge Air
14
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 14.01
Page 1 of 1
Scavenge air is supplied to the engine by one or The scavenge air system (see Figs. 14.01.01 and
more turbochargers, located on the exhaust side 14.02.01) is an integrated part of the main engine.
of the engine.
The engine power figures and the data in the list
The compressor of the turbocharger draws air of capacities are based on MCR at tropical con-
from the engine room, through an air filter, and ditions, i.e. a seawater temperature of 32 °C, or
the compressed air is cooled by the scavenge freshwater temperature of 36 °C, and an ambient
air cooler, one per turbocharger. The scavenge air inlet temperature of 45 °C.
air cooler is provided with a water mist catcher,
which prevents condensate water from being car-
ried with the air into the scavenge air receiver and
to the combustion chamber.
%XHAUSTæGAS
RECEIVER
%XHAUSTæVALVE
4URBOCHARGER
#YLINDERæLINER
3CAVENGEæAIR
RECEIVER
3CAVENGEæAIR
COOLER
7ATERæMIST
CATCHER
178 25 188.1
Auxiliary Blowers
The engine is provided with a minimum of two During operation of the engine, the auxiliary blow-
electrically driven auxiliary blowers, the actual ers will start automatically whenever the blower
number depending on the number of cylinders as inlet pressure drops below a preset pressure,
well as the turbocharger make and amount. corresponding to an engine load of approximately
25-35%.
The auxiliary blowers are fitted onto the main
engine. Between the scavenge air cooler and the The blowers will continue to operate until the
scavenge air receiver, nonreturn valves are fit- blower inlet pressure again exceeds the preset
ted which close automatically when the auxiliary pressure plus an appropriate hysteresis (i.e. taking
blowers start supplying the scavenge air. recent pressure history into account), correspond-
ing to an engine load of approximately 30-40%.
2UNNINGæWITHæAUXILIARYæBLOWER
2UNNINGæWITHæTURBOCHARGER
178 44 705.1
Control of the Auxiliary Blowers The starter panels with starters for the auxiliary
blower motors are not included, they can be or-
The control system for the auxiliary blowers is dered as an option: 4 55 653. (The starter panel
integrated in the Engine Control System. The aux- design and function is according to MAN Diesel’s
iliary blowers can be controlled in either automatic diagram, however, the physical layout and choice
(default) or manual mode. of components has to be decided by the manu-
facturer).
In automatic mode, the auxiliary blowers are
started sequentially at the moment the engine is Heaters for the blower motors are available as an
commanded to start. During engine running, the option: 4 55 155.
blowers are started and stopped according to
preset scavenge air pressure limits.
Scavenge air cooler requirements
When the engine stops, the blowers are stopped
after 10 minutes to prevent overheating of the The data for the scavenge air cooler is specified in
blowers. When a start is ordered, the blower will the description of the cooling water system chosen.
be started in the normal sequence and the actual
start of the engine will be delayed until the blow- For further information, please refer to our publi-
ers have started. cation titled:
In manual mode, the blowers can be controlled Influence of Ambient Temperature Conditions
individually from the ECR (Engine Control Room)
panel irrespective of the engine condition. The publication is available at: www.mandiesel.com
under ‘Quicklinks’ → ‘Technical Papers’
Referring to Fig. 14.02.02, the Auxiliary Blower
Starter Panels control and protect the Auxiliary
Blower motors, one panel with starter per blower.
Engine room
Aux. blower Aux. blower Aux. blower Aux. blower Aux. blower
starter panel 1 starter panel 2 starter panel 3 starter panel 4 starter panel 5
M M M M M
Auxiliary Motor Auxiliary Motor Auxiliary Motor Auxiliary Motor Auxiliary Motor
blower heater blower heater blower heater blower heater blower heater
178 61 30-2.0
CoCos TE 8612 I
PT 8601B TE 8605 I
Scavenge air cooler
PT 8601A Scavenge air cooler TI 8605
PDI 8606
E 1180 E 1180
TE 8608 I
PI 8601 Scavenge air receiver PDI 8606
PI 8601
PI 8706
Spare
Cyl. 1
Exh. receiver
121 15 25-5.6.0
The item No. refer to ‘Guidance Values Automation’
Air cooler
Cyl. 1
AV
BV
121 36 91-7.2.0
The letters refer to list of ‘Counterflanges’
%LECTRICæ-OTORæFORæ!UXILIARYæ"LOWER
4HEæINSTALLEDæPOWERæOFæTHEæELECTRICæMOTORSæAREæBASEDæONæAæVOLTAGEæSUPPLYæOFæX6æATæ(Z
4HEæELECTRICæMOTORSæAREæDELIVEREDæWITHæANDælTTEDæONTOæTHEæENGINE
4ABLEææ%LECTRICæMOTORæFORæAUXILIARYæBLOWER
The air side of the scavenge air cooler can be The system is equipped with a drain box with a
cleaned by injecting a grease dissolving media level switch, indicating any excessive water level.
through ‘AK’ to a spray pipe arrangement fitted to
the air chamber above the air cooler element. The piping delivered with and fitted on the engine
is shown in Fig 14.05.01.
AK AK
LS 8611 AH
DX
AL AM DX
DX AL
Oil in water
Drain water High level alarm
monitor
Hull
collecting tank (15ppm oil)
Start pump
Stop pump
Low level alarm
Overboard
079 21 94-1.0.0c
Fig. 14.05.02: Suggested automatic disposal of drain water, if required by owner (not a demand from MAN Diesel)
AK
PI
DN=25 mm
Freshwater
(from hydrophor)
DX AL
Recirculation
DN=50 mm
AM
DN=50 mm
TI
Circulation pump
Chemical
cleaning tank Filter Drain from air cooler
1 mm mesh size cleaning & water mist
catcher in air cooler
Heating coil
No. of cylinders
The letters refer to list of ‘Counterflanges‘
6 7-8
Chemical tank capacity 0.6 m3 0.9 m3
Circulation pump capacity at 3 bar 2 m3/h 3 m3/h
079 21 94-1.0.0a
Fig. 14.05.03: Air cooler cleaning system with Air Cooler Cleaning Unit, option: 4 55 665
The scavenge air box is continuously drained The pressurised drain tank must be designed to
through ‘AV’ to a small pressurised drain tank, withstand full scavenge air pressure and, if steam
from where the sludge is led to the sludge tank. is applied, to withstand the steam pressure avail-
Steam can be applied through ‘BV’, if required, to able.
facilitate the draining. See Fig. 14.06.01.
The system delivered with and fitted on the engine
The continuous drain from the scavenge air box is shown in Fig. 14.03.02 Scavenge air space,
must not be directly connected to the sludge tank drain pipes.
owing to the scavenge air pressure.
$ECK2OOF
$.ææMM
-INæª
$.ææMM
.ORMALLYæOPEN
"6 !6 4OæBEæCLOSEDæINæCASEæOFæFIRE
INæTHEæSCAVENGEæAIRæBOX
/RIFICEææMM
-INæDISTANCE
æMM
3TEAMæINLETæPRESSUREæçæBAR $.ææMM
)FæSTEAMæISæNOTæAVAILABLEææBARæ
COMPRESSEDæAIRæCANæBEæUSED
$.ææMM
$RAIN
TANK
.ORMALLYæCLOSED
3LUDGEæTANK 4ANKæTOæBEæEMPTIED
FORæFUELæOIL DURINGæSERVICEæWITHæ
CENTRIFUGES VALVEæOPEN
No. of cylinders
6 7-8
Drain tank capacity 0.8 m3 1.1 m3
Fire in the scavenge air space can be extinguished The key specifications of the fire extinguishing
by steam, this being the basic solution, or, option- agents are:
ally, by water mist or CO2.
Steam fire extinguishing for scavenge air space
The external system, pipe and flange connections Max. test pressure: 15 bar
are shown in Fig. 14.07.01 and the piping fitted Steam quantity, approx.: 5.8 kg/cyl.
onto the engine in Fig. 14.07.02.
Water mist fire extinguishing for scavenge air space
In the Extent of Delivery, the fire extinguishing Max. test pressure: 10 bar
system for scavenge air space is selected by the Freshwater quantity, approx.: 4.7 kg/cyl.
fire extinguishing agent:
CO2 fire extinguishing for scavenge air space
• basic solution: 4 55 140 Steam Max. test pressure: 150 bar
• option: 4 55 142 Water mist CO2 quantity, approx.: 11.7 kg/cyl.
• option: 4 55 143 CO2
!4 !4
$.æMM
.ORMALæPOSITION
OPENæTOæBILGE $.æMM
#/ æBOTTLES
/PTIONæ7ATERæMISTæEXTINGUISHING #/ æ
&RESHæWATERæPRESSSUREæMINææBAR
!TæLEASTæTWOæBOTTLESæOUGHTæTOæBEæINSTALLED
)NæMOSTæCASESæONEæBOTTLEæSHOULDæBEæSUFFICIENTæ
TOæEXTINGUISHæFIREæINæTHREEæCYLILNDERSæWHILEæTWOæ
ORæMOREæBOTTLESæWOULDæBEæREQUIREDæTOæEXTINGUISHæ
!4 FIREæINæALLæCYLINDERS
$.æMM 4OæPREVENTæTHEæFIREæFROMæSPREADINGæTOæTHEæNEXT
CYLINDERS æTHEæBALLçVALVEæOFæTHEæNEIGHBOURING
.ORMALæPOSITION CYLINDERS æSHOULDæBEæOPENEDæINæTHEæEVENTæOF
OPENæTOæBILGE FIREæINæONEæCYLINDER
079 61 029.0.0a
%XHAUSTæSIDE
#YLæ
-ANOEUVERINGæSIDE
4%ææææææ)æææ!(æææ9 %XTINGUISHINGæAGENT
#/æ3TEAMæORæ&RESHWATER
!4
$RAINæPIPEæBEDPLATE
/NLYæFORæSTEAMæORæFRESHWATER
126 40 81-0.6.0a
Exhaust Gas
15
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 15.01
Page 1 of 1
The exhaust gas is led from the cylinders to the Turbocharger arrangement and cleaning systems
exhaust gas receiver where the fluctuating pres-
sures from the cylinders are equalised and from The turbochargers are located on the exhaust
where the gas is led further on to the turbocharger side of the engine.
at a constant pressure. See fig. 15.01.01.
The engine is designed for the installation of the
Compensators are fitted between the exhaust MAN Diesel turbocharger type TCA, option: 4 59
valve housings and the exhaust gas receiver and 101, ABB turbocharger types TPL or A100, option:
between the receiver and the turbocharger. A pro- 4 59 102, or MHI turbocharger type MET, option:
tective grating is placed between the exhaust gas 4 59 103.
receiver and the turbocharger. The turbocharger
is fitted with a pickup for monitoring and remote All makes of turbochargers are fitted with an ar-
indication of the turbocharger speed. rangement for water washing of the compressor
side, and soft blast cleaning of the turbine side,
The exhaust gas receiver and the exhaust pipes see Figs. 15.02.02, 15.02.03 and 15.02.04. Wash-
are provided with insulation, covered by steel ing of the turbine side is only applicable on MAN
plating. Diesel and ABB turbochargers.
%XHAUSTæGAS
RECEIVER
%XHAUSTæVALVE
4URBOCHARGER
#YLINDERæLINER
3CAVENGEæAIR
RECEIVER
3CAVENGEæ
AIRæCOOLER
7ATERæMIST
CATCHER
178 07 274.1
4#ææææææ)æææ!(æææ!,æææ9(æææ9, #YLæ
4OæSCAVENGEæAIRæRECEIVER
4)æææ 0)æææ
0)æææ
%XHAUSTæGASæRECEIVER
4URBOCHARGER
4)æææ
4#ææææææ)æææ!(æææ9( 34ææææææ)
&LANGEæCONNECTIONæ$
æ !,æ$EVIATIONæALARM#YLINDERæ¢#
4)æææ æ 9,æ$EVIATIONæALARM#YLINDERæ¢#
Cleaning Systems
0)æææ
!.
#OMPRESSORæCLEANING
-!.æ$IESELæ4#!æTURBOCHARGER
4OæBEDPLATEæDRAINæ!%
121 15 21-8.0.0
Fig. 15.02.02: MAN Diesel TCA turbocharger, water washing of turbine side
Cleaning Systems
0)ææææ
!.
7ATERæINLET
)NLETæVALVE
!""æ40,æ4URBOCHARGER
$RAINæCOCK
#OMPRESSORæCLEANING
7ATERæCLEANINGæNOZZLE
4OæBEDPLATEæDRAINæ!%
121 36 75-1.0.0
Fig. 15.02.03: Water washing of turbine and compressor sides for ABB, TPL turbochargers
0)ææææ
!0
$RAIN
$RYæCLEANINGæTURBINEæSIDE
3CAVENGEæAIRæRECEIVER
121 36 88-3.2.0
%XHAUSTæ'ASæ3YSTEMæFORæ-AINæ%NGINE
!SæLONGæASæTHEæTOTALæBACKçPRESSUREæOFæTHEæEXHAUSTæ )TEMSæTHATæAREæTOæBEæCALCULATEDæORæREADæFROMæTABLESæ
GASæSYSTEMæINCORPORATINGæALLæRESISTANCEæLOSSESæ ARE
FROMæPIPESæANDæCOMPONENTS æCOMPLIESæWITHæTHEæ
ABOVEçMENTIONEDæREQUIREMENTSæTHEæPRESSUREæ sæ%XHAUSTæGASæMASSæmOWæRATEæTEMPERATUREæANDæMAX
LOSSESæACROSSæEACHæCOMPONENTæMAYæBEæCHOSENæIN
IMUMæBACKæPRESSUREæATæTURBOCHARGERæGASæOUTLET
DEPENDENTLYæSEEæPROPOSEDæMEASURINGæPOINTSæ- æ sæ$IAMETERæOFæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPES
INæ&IGææ4HEæGENERALæDESIGNæGUIDELINESæFORæ sæ5TILISATIONæOFæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæENERGY
EACHæCOMPONENTæDESCRIBEDæBELOWæCANæBEæUSEDæ sæ!TTENUATIONæOFæNOISEæFROMæTHEæEXHAUSTæPIPEæOUTLET
FORæGUIDANCEæPURPOSESæATæTHEæINITIALæPROJECTæSTAGE sæ0RESSUREæDROPæACROSSæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæSYSTEM
sæ%XPANSIONæJOINTS
%XHAUSTæGASæPIPINGæSYSTEMæFORæMAINæENGINE
4HEæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPINGæSYSTEMæCONVEYSæTHEæGASæ
FROMæTHEæOUTLETæOFæTHEæTURBOCHARGERS æTOæTHEæAT
MOSPHERE
4HEæEXHAUSTæPIPINGæISæSHOWNæSCHEMATICALLYæINæ
&IGæ
When dimensioning the compensator, option: Engine plants are usually designed for utilisation of
4 60 610, for the expansion joint on the turbochar- the heat energy of the exhaust gas for steam pro-
ger gas outlet transition piece, option: 4 60 601, duction or for heating the thermal oil system. The
the exhaust gas piece and components, are to be exhaust gas passes an exhaust gas boiler which is
so arranged that the thermal expansions are ab- usually placed near the engine top or in the funnel.
sorbed by expansion joints. The heat expansion of
the pipes and the components is to be calculated It should be noted that the exhaust gas tempera-
based on a temperature increase from 20 °C to ture and flow rate are influenced by the ambient
250 °C. The max. expected vertical, transversal conditions, for which reason this should be con-
and longitudinal heat expansion of the engine sidered when the exhaust gas boiler is planned. At
measured at the top of the exhaust gas transition specified MCR, the maximum recommended pres-
piece of the turbocharger outlet are indicated in sure loss across the exhaust gas boiler is normally
Fig. 15.06.01 and Table 15.06.02 as DA, DB and DC. 150 mm WC.
The movements stated are related to the engine This pressure loss depends on the pressure losses
seating, for DC, however, to the engine centre. The in the rest of the system as mentioned above.
figures indicate the axial and the lateral movements Therefore, if an exhaust gas silencer/spark ar-
related to the orientation of the expansion joints. rester is not installed, the acceptable pressure loss
across the boiler may be somewhat higher than the
The expansion joints are to be chosen with an elas- max. of 150 mm WC, whereas, if an exhaust gas
ticity that limits the forces and the moments of the silencer/spark arrester is installed, it may be neces-
exhaust gas outlet flange of the turbocharger as sary to reduce the maximum pressure loss.
stated for each of the turbocharger makers in Table
15.06.04. The orientation of the maximum permis- The above mentioned pressure loss across the
sible forces and moments on the gas outlet flange exhaust gas boiler must include the pressure
of the turbocharger is shown in Fig. 15.06.03. losses from the inlet and outlet transition pieces.
$
%XHAUSTæGASæOUTLET $ %XHAUSTæGASæOUTLET
TOæTHEæATMOSPHERE
TOæTHEæATMOSPHERE
%XHAUSTæGASæ %XHAUSTæGASæ
SILENCER SILENCER
$
$
3LIDEæSUPPORT %XHAUSTæGASæ
%XHAUSTæGASæ BOILER
3LIDEæSUPPORT BOILER
&IXEDæSUPPORT
&IXEDæSUPPORT $
$ %XHAUSTæGASæCOMPENSATOR
$
%XHAUSTæGASæCOMPENSATOR
4RANSITIONæPIECE
4URBOCHARGERæGAS
OUTLETæFLANGE $
-AINæENGINEæWITH
TURBOCHARGERæONæAFTæEND
-AINæENGINEæWITHæTURBOCHARGERS
ONæEXHAUSTæSIDE
Fig. 15.04.01a: Exhaust gas system, one turbocharger Fig. 15.04.01b: Exhaust gas system, two or more TCs
%XHAUSTæGASæSILENCER
D" D"æ!
4HEæTYPICALæOCTAVEæBANDæSOUNDæPRESSUREæLEVELSæ
FROMæTHEæDIESELæENGINESæEXHAUSTæGASæSYSTEMænæATæAæ
DISTANCEæOFæONEæMETERæFROMæTHEæTOPæOFæTHEæEXHAUSTæ
GASæUPTAKEænæAREæSHOWNæINæ&IG
4HEæNEEDæFORæANæEXHAUSTæGASæSILENCERæCANæBEæDE
3-#ç#-%ç#
3-#ç#-%ç#
CIDEDæBASEDæONæTHEæREQUIREMENTæOFæAæMAXIMUMæ
PERMISSIBLEæNOISEæLEVELæATæAæSPECIlCæPOSITION
4HEæEXHAUSTæGASæNOISEæDATAæISæVALIDæFORæANæEXHAUSTæ
GASæSYSTEMæWITHOUTæBOILERæANDæSILENCERæETC
4HEæNOISEæLEVELæISæATæNOMINALæ-#2æATæAæDISTANCEæOFæ
ONEæMETREæFROMæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPEæOUTLETæEDGEæ
ATæANæANGLEæOFæªæTOæTHEæGASæmOWæDIRECTION
&ORæEACHæDOUBLINGæOFæTHEæDISTANCEæTHEæNOISEæLEVELæ
WILLæBEæREDUCEDæBYæABOUTææD"æFARçlELDæLAW #ENTREæFREQUENCIESæOFæOCTAVEæBAND
ææ
7HENæTHEæNOISEæLEVELæATæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæOUTLETæTOæ
THEæATMOSPHEREæNEEDSæTOæBEæSILENCEDæAæSILENCERæ &IGææ)3/Sæ.2æCURVESæANDæTYPICALæSOUNDæPRES
CANæBEæPLACEDæINæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPINGæSYSTEMæ SUREæLEVELSæFROMæTHEæENGINESæEXHAUSTæGASæSYSTEMæ4HEæ
AFTERæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæBOILER NOISEæLEVELSæATæNOMINALæ-#2æANDæAæDISTANCEæOFææMETREæ
FROMæTHEæEDGEæOFæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPEæOPENINGæATæANæAN
4HEæEXHAUSTæGASæSILENCERæISæUSUALLYæOFæTHEæABSORP
GLEæOFææDEGREESæTOæTHEæGASæmOWæANDæVALIDæFORæANæEXHAUSTæ
TIONæTYPEæANDæISæDIMENSIONEDæFORæAæGASæVELOCITYæOFæ GASæSYSTEMænæWITHOUTæBOILERæANDæSILENCERæETCæ$ATAæFORæAæ
APPROXIMATELYææMSæTHROUGHæTHEæCENTRALæTUBEæOFæ SPECIlCæENGINEæANDæCYLINDERæNOæISæAVAILABLEæONæREQUEST
THEæSILENCER
!NæEXHAUSTæGASæSILENCERæCANæBEæDESIGNEDæBASEDæ 3PARKæARRESTER
ONæTHEæREQUIREDæDAMPINGæOFæNOISEæFROMæTHEæEX
HAUSTæGASæGIVENæONæTHEæGRAPH 4OæPREVENTæSPARKSæFROMæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæBEINGæ
SPREADæOVERæDECKæHOUSESæAæSPARKæARRESTERæCANæBEæ
)NæTHEæEVENTæTHATæANæEXHAUSTæGASæSILENCERæISæRE
lTTEDæASæTHEæLASTæCOMPONENTæINæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæ
QUIREDænæTHISæDEPENDSæONæTHEæACTUALæNOISEæLEVELæ SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTæONæTHEæBRIDGEæWINGæWHICHæISæNORMALLYæ
MAXIMUMæçæD"! ænæAæSIMPLEæmOWæSILENCERæOFæ )TæSHOULDæBEæNOTEDæTHATæAæSPARKæARRESTERæCONTRIB
THEæABSORPTIONæTYPEæISæRECOMMENDEDæ$EPENDINGæ UTESæWITHæAæCONSIDERABLEæPRESSUREæDROPæWHICHæISæ
ONæTHEæMANUFACTURERæTHISæTYPEæOFæSILENCERæNOR
OFTENæAæDISADVANTAGE
MALLYæHASæAæPRESSUREæLOSSæOFæAROUNDææMMæ7#æATæ
SPECIlEDæ-#2 )TæISæRECOMMENDEDæTHATæTHEæCOMBINEDæPRESSUREæ
LOSSæACROSSæTHEæSILENCERæANDORæSPARKæARRESTERæ
SHOULDæNOTæBEæALLOWEDæTOæEXCEEDææMMæ7#æATæ
SPECIlEDæ-#2æ4HISæDEPENDSæOFæCOURSEæONæTHEæ
PRESSUREæLOSSæINæTHEæREMAININGæPARTæOFæTHEæSYSTEMæ
THUSæIFæNOæEXHAUSTæGASæBOILERæISæINSTALLEDææMMæ
7#æMIGHTæBEæALLOWED
#ALCULATIONæOFæ%XHAUSTæ'ASæ"ACKç0RESSURE
4HEæEXHAUSTæGASæBACKæPRESSUREæAFTERæTHEæTURBOçæ %XHAUSTæGASæVELOCITYæV
CHARGERS æDEPENDSæONæTHEæTOTALæPRESSUREæDROPæINæ
THEæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPINGæSYSTEM )NæAæPIPEæWITHæDIAMETERæ$æTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæVELOCITYæIS
4HEæPRESSUREæLOSSæCALCULATIONSæHAVEæTOæBEæBASEDæ
ONæTHEæACTUALæEXHAUSTæGASæAMOUNTæANDæTEMPERA
0RESSUREæLOSSESæACROSSæCOMPONENTSæP
TUREæVALIDæFORæSPECIlEDæ-#2æ3OMEæGENERALæFORMU
LASæANDæDElNITIONSæAREæGIVENæINæTHEæFOLLOWING 4HEæPRESSUREæLOSSæPæACROSSæSILENCERæEXHAUSTæ
GASæBOILERæSPARKæARRESTERæRAINæWATERæTRAPæETCæTOæ
BEæMEASUREDæSTATEDæASæSHOWNæINæ&IGææATæ
%XHAUSTæGASæDATA SPECIlEDæ-#2 æISæNORMALLYæGIVENæBYæTHEæRELEVANTæ
MANUFACTURER
-æEXHAUSTæGASæAMOUNTæATæSPECIlEDæ-#2æINæKGSEC
4æ EXHAUSTæGASæTEMPERATUREæATæSPECIlEDæ-#2æINæª#
4OTALæBACKçPRESSUREæP-
0LEASEæNOTEæTHATæTHEæACTUALæEXHAUSTæGASæTEMPERA
TUREæISæDIFFERENTæBEFOREæANDæAFTERæTHEæBOILERæ4HEæ 4HEæTOTALæBACKçPRESSUREæMEASUREDSTATEDæASæTHEæSTAT
EXHAUSTæGASæDATAæVALIDæAFTERæTHEæTURBOCHARGERæMAYæ ICæPRESSUREæINæTHEæPIPEæAFTERæTHEæTURBOCHARGERæISæTHEN
BEæFOUNDæINæ#HAPTERæ
P-ææªP
-ASSæDENSITYæOFæEXHAUSTæGASæ¡ æ WHEREæPæINCORPORATESæALLæPIPEæELEMENTSæANDæ
COMPONENTSæETCæASæDESCRIBED
¡ªLææXææ??????
XææINæKGM
ææææ
ææææ4
P-æHASæTOæBEæLOWERæTHANææMMæ7#
4HEæFACTORææREFERSæTOæTHEæAVERAGEæBACKçPRES
SUREæOFææMMæ7#ææBAR æINæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæ !TæDESIGNæSTAGEæITæISæRECOMMENDEDæTOæUSEæMAXæ
SYSTEM æMMæ7#æINæORDERæTOæHAVEæSOMEæMARGINæFORæ
FOULING
-EASURINGæ"ACKæ0RESSURE
!TæANYæGIVENæPOSITIONæINæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæSYSTEMæ
THEæTOTALæPRESSUREæOFæTHEæmOWæCANæBEæDIVIDEDæINTOæ
DYNAMICæPRESSUREæREFERRINGæTOæTHEæGASæVELOCITY æ
ANDæSTATICæPRESSUREæREFERRINGæTOæTHEæWALLæPRESSUREæ
WHEREæTHEæGASæVELOCITYæISæZERO
!TæAæGIVENæTOTALæPRESSUREæOFæTHEæGASæmOWæTHEæ
COMBINATIONæOFæDYNAMICæANDæSTATICæPRESSUREæMAYæ
CHANGEæDEPENDINGæONæTHEæACTUALæGASæVELOCITYæ4HEæ
MEASUREMENTSæINæPRINCIPLEæGIVEæANæINDICATIONæOFæ
THEæWALLæPRESSUREæIEæTHEæSTATICæPRESSUREæOFæTHEæ
GASæmOW
0RESSUREæLOSSESæANDæCOEFlCIENTSæOFæRESISTANCEæINæEXHAUSTæPIPES
A A
B
#HANGEçOVERæVALVES 2ææ$æ ½ææ
2ææ$æ ½ææ
C #HANGEçOVERæVALVEæ $
2ææ$æ ½ææ
OFæTYPEæWITHæCON
2 æ
STANTæCROSSæSECTION æ
æ
½AæææTOæ æ
½BæææTOæ 2ææ$æ ½ææ
A B
½CæææTOæ 2ææ$æ ½ææ
$
2
2ææ$æ ½ææ
#HANGEçOVERæVALVEæ æ
OFæTYPEæWITHæVOLUME æ
æ
½Aææ½BææABOUTæ æ
æ ½ææ
$ æ
ææ
æ
-
æ
æ
P 3PARK
ARRESTER $ æ
-
2ææ$æ ½ææ
2
2ææ$æ ½ææ
2ææ$æ ½ææ
P 3ILENCER
æ
æ
PTC æ
-
$
æ
- æ ½ææ
æ
%XHAUST æ
P GASæBOILER
æ
æ
-
/UTLETæFROMæ ½ææ
TOPæOFæEXHAUSTæ
GASæUPTAKEæ
æ
-TC -TC æ
)NLETæFROMæ
4# TURBOCHARGER æ ½æænæ
-æ-EASURINGæPOINTS
ææç ææç
&IGææ0RESSUREæLOSSESæANDæCOEFlCIENTSæOFæRESISTANCEæINæEXHAUSTæPIPES
&ORCESæANDæ-OMENTSæATæ4URBOCHARGER
$!
$"
$"
$#
$!æ -AXæMOVEMENTæOFæTHEæTURBOCHARGERæmANGEæINæTHEæVERTICALæDIRECTION
$"æ -AXæMOVEMENTæOFæTHEæTURBOCHARGERæmANGEæINæTHEæTRANSVERSALæDIRECTION
$#æ -AXæMOVEMENTæOFæTHEæTURBOCHARGERæmANGEæINæTHEæLONGITUDINALæDIRECTION
ææ
B
&IGææ6ECTORSæOFæTHERMALæEXPANSIONæATæTHEæTURBOCHARGERæEXHAUSTæGASæOUTLETæmANGE
.OæOFæCYLINDERS
4URBOCHARGER $! $" $# $# $#
-AKE 4YPE MM MM MM MM MM
4#!
-!.æ$IESEL 4#!
.!
40,
!"" 40,
40,
-%4
-%4
-()
-%4
-%4
4ABLEææ-AXæEXPECTEDæMOVEMENTSæOFæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæmANGEæRESULTINGæFROMæTHERMALæEXPANSION
-!.æ$IESEL !""æ40,
& &
- - - -
-ITSUBISHI
& - -
& &
ææ
&IGææ&ORCESæANDæMOMENTSæONæTHEæTURBOCHARGERSæEXHAUSTæGASæOUTLETæmANGE
4ABLEææINDICATESæTHEæMAXIMUMæPERMIS
SIBLEæFORCESæ&æ&æANDæ& æANDæMOMENTSæ-æANDæ
- æONæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæOUTLETæmANGEæOFæTHEæTURBO
CHARGERS æ2EFERENCEæISæMADEæTOæ&IGæ
4ABLEææ4HEæMAXæPERMISSIBLEæFORCESæANDæMOMENTSæONæTHEæTURBOCHARGERSæGASæOUTLETæmANGES
$IAMETERæOFæ%XHAUSTæ'ASæ0IPES
4HEæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPEæDIAMETERSæLISTEDæINæ4ABLEæ 4HEæEXHAUSTæGASæVELOCITIESæANDæMASSæmOWæLISTEDæ
æAREæBASEDæONæTHEæEXHAUSTæGASæmOWæCA
APPLYæTOæCOLLECTORæPIPEæ$æ4HEæTABLEæALSOæLISTSæTHEæ
PACITYæACCORDINGæTOæ)3/æAMBIENTæCONDITIONSæANDæ DIAMETERSæOFæTHEæCORRESPONDINGæEXHAUSTæGASæPIPESæ
ANæEXHAUSTæGASæTEMPERATUREæOFææ# $æFORæVARIOUSæNUMBERSæOFæTURBOCHARGERSæINSTALLED
%XPANSIONæJOINT
OPTIONæææ
$ $
$
4RANSITIONæPIECE $
OPTIONæææ
#ENTREæLINEæTURBOCHARGER
ææç
&IGææ%XHAUSTæPIPEæSYSTEMæWITHæTURBOCHARGERæLOCATEDæONæEXHAUSTæSIDEæOFæENGINE
'ASæVELOCITY %XHAUSTæGASæPIPEæDIAMETERS
æMS æMS æMS æMS $ $
'ASæMASSæmOW æ4# æ4# æ4# æ4#
KGS KGS KGS KGS æ;$.= ;$.= ;$.= ;$.= ;$.=æ
.!
.!
.!
.!
4ABLEææ%XHAUSTæGASæPIPEæDIAMETERSæANDæEXHAUSTæGASæMASSæmOWæATæVARIOUSæVELOCITIES
16
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 16.01
Page 1 of 9
The Engine Control System for the ME engine is The ECUs perform such tasks as:
prepared for conventional remote control, having
an interface to the Bridge Control system and the • Speed governor functions, start/stop sequenc-
Local Operating Panel (LOP). es, timing of fuel injection, timing of exhaust
valve activation, timing of starting valves, etc.
A Multi-Purpose Controller (MPC) is applied as
control unit for specific tasks described below: • Continuous running control of auxiliary func-
ACU, CCU, ECU, and EICU. The control units are tions handled by the ACUs
all built on the same identical piece of hardware
and differ only in the software installed. • Alternative running modes and programs.
Engine Interface Control Unit (EICU) Should the layout of the ship make longer Control
Network cabling necessary, a Control Network
The two EICUs perform such tasks as interface Repeater must be inserted to amplify the signals
with the surrounding control systems, see Fig. and divide the cable into segments no longer than
16.01.01a and b. The two redundant EICU units 160 meter. For instance, where the Engine Control
operate in parallel. Room and the engine room are located far apart.
In basic execution, the EICUs are a placed in the Supply voltage, nominal 24 V DC
Cabinet for EICUs, EoD: 4 65 601. Optionally, the Supply voltage, operational 20 V - 30 V
EICUs can be placed in the ECS Common Control limits
Cabinet, option: 4 65 602, with the ACUs, CCUs
Supply voltage, max. ripple ± 1 Vpp or 1 Vrms,
and ECUs. See Figs. 16.01a and b. voltage whichever is lowest
From the LOP, the basic functions are available, The HPS unit can be driven either mechanically
such as starting, engine speed control, stopping, from the engine crankshaft, see Fig. 16.01.02.
reversing, and the most important engine data are
displayed. The multiple pump configuration with standby
pumps ensures redundancy with regard to the
hydraulic power supply. The control of the engine
Control Network driven pumps and electrical pumps are divided
between the three ACUs.
The MOP, the backup MOP and the MPCs are
interconnected by means of the doubled Control The high pressure pipes between the HPS unit
Network, A and B respectively. and the HCU are of the double walled type, hav-
ing a leak detector. Emergency running is possible
The maximum length of Control Network cabling using the outer pipe as pressure containment for
between the furthermost units on the engine and the high pressure oil supply.
in the Engine Control Room (an EICU or a MOP) is
160 meter. The sizes and capacities of the HPS unit depend
on the engine type. Further details about the HPS
and the lubricating oil/hydraulic oil system can be
found in Chapter 8.
ECU A ECU B
CCU CCU
ACU 1 ACU 2 ACU 3 Cylinder 1 Cylinder n
Se nsors
S en sors
A ctua tors
Actu ators
Fuel Exhaust
valve Fuel Exhaust
booster
position position booster valve
position position
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1
FIVA Cylinder n Cylinder n FIVA
AL SAV Valve AL SAV Valve
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1 Cylinder n Cylinder n Cylinder n
Auxiliary Auxiliary
M Pump 1
M Pump 2
Pump 1
Pump 2
Pump 3
Pump 4
Pump 5
Blower 1 Blower 2
M
M
M
M
M
Marker Sensor
Auxiliary Auxiliary
Blower 3 Blower 4
Angle Encoders
178 61 91-2.0
Fig. 16.01.01a: Engine Control System layout with cabinet for EICU for mounting in
ECR or ER, EoD: 4 65 601
ECU A ECU B
CCU CCU
ACU 1 ACU 2 ACU 3 Cylinder 1 Cylinder n
S en sors
A ctua tors
Actu ators
Fuel Exhaust
valve Fuel Exhaust
booster
position position booster valve
position position
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1
FIVA Cylinder n Cylinder n FIVA
AL SAV Valve AL SAV Valve
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1 Cylinder n Cylinder n Cylinder n
Auxiliary Auxiliary
M Pump 1
M Pump 2
Pump 1
Pump 2
Pump 3
Pump 4
Pump 5
Blower 1 Blower 2
M
M
M
M
M
Marker Sensor
Auxiliary Auxiliary
Blower 3 Blower 4
Angle Encoders
178 61 76-9.1
Fig. 16.01.01b: Engine Control System layout with ECS Common Control Cabinet for mounting in
ECR or ER, option: 4 65 602
ZT 4111 C
Fuel pump
Exhaust Hydraulic pushrod
Return oil Valve
X Fuel oil inlet standpipe Actuator
Fuel oil outlet
F Activation
Fuel oil drain I ZT 4114 C
AD piston
Umbrella Hydraulic
Hydraulic piston sealing piston Hydraulic
piston
Return to tank
FIVA
with pilot valve
Distributor block LS 8208 C
ME lubricator
ZV 8204 C
ZT 8203 C
LS 4112 AH
To AE
Alarm box
ZV 1202 B
ZV 1202 A
ZV 1243 C
Electrically
PT 12043 ZL
PT 1204n ZL
PT 12042 ZL
HPS unit
PT 12041 ZL
driven
pumps
Engine
driven
pumps M M
Stepup gear
Stepup
Filter unit
XC 1231 AL
Backflushing oil
Main filter RW
RU
Fig. 16.01.02: Mechanicalhydraulic System with Hydraulic Power Supply Unit on Engine, 300 bar, common supply
ZT 4111 C
Fuel pump
Exhaust Hydraulic pushrod
Return oil Valve
X Fuel oil inlet standpipe Actuator
Fuel oil outlet
F Activation
Fuel oil drain I ZT 4114 C
AD piston
Umbrella Hydraulic
Hydraulic piston sealing piston Hydraulic
piston
Return to tank
FIVA
with pilot valve
Distributor block LS 8208 C
ME lubricator
ZV 8204 C
ZT 8203 C
LS 4112 AH
To AE
Alarm box
ZV 1243 C
HPS unit
PT 1204n ZL
M M M M
Stepup gear
Filter unit
XC 1231 AL
Backflushing oil
Main filter RW
RU
Fig. 16.01.02b: Mechanicalhydraulic System with Hydraulic Power Supply Unit in ship, 300 bar, common supply.
Example from S90/80ME-C engine
The alarm system has no direct effect on the ECS. The engine control room and the LOP are pro-
The alarm alerts the operator of an abnormal con- vided with combined telegraph and speed setting
dition. units.
The signals from the alarm sensors can be used • the bridge control
for the slow down function as well as for remote • the engine control room control
indication.
The remote control system is to be delivered by
an approved supplier and it must be compatible
Slow down system with the safety system.
Monitoring systems
Instrumentation
:3æç!"æ#
/PEN
X
:3æç!"æ# -AINæSTARTING
VALVE
04æç"æ)!#
X
:3æç!"æ# 3LOWæTURNING
:6æçæææææ# VALVE 04æç!æ)!#
3TARTING
VALVES
/PEN
:6æç!æææææ#
04ææ!,æ9,
%XHAUSTæVALVE
:6æç"æææææ#
:6ææææææææææ#
3AFETYæRELIEFæ
VALVE
#ONNECTEDæTO
OILæMISTæDETECTOR
X
4URNINGæGEAR
X
#ONTROLæ
AIRæSUPPLYæ
æBAR X X :3æç!"æ#
" X
X
:3æç!"æ#
04æç!æ)!,#
04æç"æ)!,#
178 49 738.2
Vibration Aspects
17
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 17.01
Page 1 of 1
C C
Vibration Aspects
The 2nd order moment acts only in the vertical Compensator solutions
direction. Precautions need only to be considered
for 6-cylinder engines in general. Several solutions are available to cope with the
2nd order moment, as shown in Fig. 17.03.02, out
Resonance with the 2nd order moment may oc- of which the most cost efficient one can be cho-
cur in the event of hull vibrations with more than sen in the individual case, e.g.:
3 nodes. Contrary to the calculation of natural
frequency with 2 and 3 nodes, the calculation of 1) No compensators, if considered unnecessary
the 4 and 5-node natural frequencies for the hull on the basis of natural frequency, nodal point
is a rather comprehensive procedure and often and size of the 2nd order moment.
not very accurate, despite advanced calculation
methods. 2) A compensator mounted on the aft end of the
engine, driven by chain, option: 4 31 203.
A 2nd order moment compensator comprises two
counterrotating masses running at twice the en- 3) A compensator mounted on the fore end,
gine speed. driven from the crankshaft through a separate
chain drive, option: 4 31 213.
Briefly speaking, solution 1) is applicable if the
node is located far from the engine, or the engine
3-%ç# is positioned more or less between nodes. Solu-
tion 2) or 3) should be considered where one of
3-%ç# æN
OD the engine ends is positioned in a node or close to
E
3-%ç# it, since a compensator is inefficient in a node or
3-%ç# close to it and therefore superfluous.
3-%ç#
æN O
DE
A decision regarding the vibrational aspects and
æN O D the possible use of compensators must be taken
E
at the contract stage. If no experience is available
æN O D
E
from sister ships, which would be the best basis
DWT for deciding whether compensators are necessary
or not, it is advisable to make calculations to de-
termine which of the solutions should be applied.
æ&REQUENCYæOFæENGINEæMOMENT
ææææ-6æææXæENGINEæSPEED
178 60 91-7.0
If it is decided not to use chain driven moment • The decision whether or not to install compen-
compensators and, furthermore, not to prepare sators can be taken at a much later stage of a
the main engine for compensators to be fitted project, since no special version of the engine
later, another solution can be used, if annoying structure has to be ordered for the installation.
2nd order vibrations should occur: An electrically
driven moment compensator synchronised to the • No preparation for a later installation nor an ex-
correct phase relative to the external force or mo- tra chain drive for the compensator on the fore
ment can neutralise the excitation. end of the engine is required. This saves the
cost of such preparation, often left unused.
This type of compensator needs an extra seating
fitted, preferably, in the steering gear room where • Compensators could be retrofit, even on ships
vibratory deflections are largest and the effect of in service, and also be applied to engines with a
the compensator will therefore be greatest. higher number of cylinders than is normally con-
sidered relevant, if found necessary.
The electrically driven compensator will not give
rise to distorting stresses in the hull, but it is more • The compensator only needs to be active at
expensive than the engine-mounted compensa- speeds critical for the hull girder vibration. Thus,
tors. It does, however, offer several advantages it may be activated or deactivated at specified
over the engine mounted solutions: speeds automatically or manually.
• When placed in the steering gear room, the • Combinations with and without moment com-
compensator is not as sensitive to the position- pensators are not required in torsional and axial
ing of the node as the compensators 2) and 3) vibration calculations, since the electrically
mentioned in Section 17.02. driven moment compensator is not part of the
mass-elastic system of the crankshaft.
Fig. 17.03.01: MAN Diesel 2nd order electrically driven moment compensator, separately mounted,
option: 4 31 255
2
M2V
2 Node AFT
F2C
Lnode
Moment compensator
Fore end, option: 4 31 213 M2V
M2C
2 2
Electrically driven moment compensator
Compensating moment
FD x Lnode
outbalances M2V
Centre line
crankshaft M2V
FD
Node Aft
3 and 4node vertical hull girder mode
L n
D od
4 Node e
3 Node
178 27 104.1
0OWERæ2ELATEDæ5NBALANCE
4OæEVALUATEæIFæTHEREæISæAæRISKæTHATæSTæANDæNDæOR
"ASEDæONæSERVICEæEXPERIENCEæFROMæAæGREATæNUMBERæ
DERæEXTERNALæMOMENTSæWILLæEXCITEæDISTURBINGæHULLæ OFæLARGEæSHIPSæWITHæENGINESæOFæDIFFERENTæTYPESæANDæ
VIBRATIONSæTHEæCONCEPTæ0OWERæ2ELATEDæ5NBAL
CYLINDERæNUMBERSæTHEæ025çVALUESæHAVEæBEENæ
ANCEæ025 æCANæBEæUSEDæASæAæGUIDANCEæSEEæ4ABLEæ CLASSIlEDæINæFOURæGROUPSæASæFOLLOWS
æBELOW
025æ.MK7 .EEDæFORæCOMPENSATOR
???????????
025æææææ%XTERNALæMOMENT
æ ææ.MK7
æ
ææ
.OTæRELEVANT
æ%NGINEæPOWER
5NLIKELY
7ITHæTHEæ025çVALUEæSTATINGæTHEæEXTERNALæMOMENTæ
,IKELY
RELATIVEæTOæTHEæENGINEæPOWERæITæISæPOSSIBLEæTOæGIVEæ
-OSTæLIKELY
ANæESTIMATEæOFæTHEæRISKæOFæHULLæVIBRATIONSæFORæAæSPE
CIlCæENGINE
"ASEDæONæEXTERNALæMOMENTSæINæLAYOUTæPOINTæ,
.Aæ .OTæAPPLICABLE
4ABLEææ0OWERæ2ELATEDæ5NBALANCEæ025 æVALUESæINæ.MK7æ
#ALCULATIONæOFæ%XTERNALæ-OMENTS
)NæTHEæTABLEæATæTHEæENDæOFæTHISæCHAPTERæTHEæEXTER
NALæMOMENTSæ- æAREæSTATEDæATæTHEæSPEEDæN æANDæ
-#2æRATINGæINæPOINTæ,æOFæTHEæLAYOUTæDIAGRAMæ&ORæ
OTHERæSPEEDSæN! æTHEæCORRESPONDINGæEXTERNALæMO
MENTSæ-! æAREæCALCULATEDæBYæMEANSæOFæTHEæFORMULA
[æN ]
-!ææ-æXæææ æ??
N ææ æ æK.M
!
4HEæTOLERANCEæONæTHEæCALCULATEDæVALUESæISæ
The socalled guide force moments are caused We recommend using the hydraulic top bracing
by the transverse reaction forces acting on the which allow adjustment to the loading conditions
crossheads due to the connecting rod/crankshaft of the ship. Mechanical top bracings with stiff
mechanism. These moments may excite engine connections are available on request.
vibrations, moving the engine top athwartships
and causing a rocking (excited by Hmoment) or With both types of top bracing, the above-men-
twisting (excited by Xmoment) movement of the tioned natural frequency will increase to a level
engine as illustrated in Fig. 17.05.01. where resonance will occur above the normal en-
gine speed. Details of the top bracings are shown
The guide force moments corresponding to the in Chapter 05.
MCR rating (L1) are stated in Table 17.07.01.
Htype Xtype
Lz MH Lz DistX
L L Cyl.X M x
Crankshaft centre line
Z X
178 06 816.4
m
m
m
10
1
5x10 2 mm/s
ΙΙΙ
10
5
m
m
/s 2
10 2 mm/s
m
m
1
10
±50mm/s
t
en
em
±1
ΙΙ
ac
0m
pl
/s
is
2
m
D
m
±2
±25mm/s
m
m
±1
Ι
10
4
Velocity m
m
/s 2
10 mm/s
m
m
2
10
Ac
ce
le
ra
tio
n
10
3
m
m
/s 2
1 mm/s
m
m
3
10
5x10 1 mm/s
60 100 10 1.000 10 6.000 c/min
m 2
m
m m
/s 2 /s 2
1 Hz 10 Hz Frequency 100 Hz
Zone Ι: Acceptable
Zone ΙΙ: Vibration will not damage the main engine, however,
under adverse conditions, annoying/harmful vibration
responses may appear in the connected structures
Zone ΙΙΙ: Not acceptable
078 81 27-6.1
As the deflection shape for the Htype is equal The Xtype guide force moment is then defined
for each cylinder, the Nth order Htype guide force as:
moment for an Ncylinder engine with regular fir-
ing order is: MX = ‘BiMoment’/L kNm
N x MH(one cylinder) For modelling purpose, the size of the four (4)
forces can be calculated:
For modelling purposes, the size of the forces in
the force couple is: Force = MX /L X [kN]
where L is the distance between crankshaft level L X is the horizontal length between ‘force points’.
and the middle position of the crosshead guide
(i.e. the length of the connecting rod). Similar to the situation for the Htype guide force
moment, the forces may be applied in positions
As the interaction between engine and hull is at suitable for the FEM model of the hull. Thus the
the engine seating and the top bracing positions, forces may be referred to another vertical level
this force couple may alternatively be applied in L Z above the crankshaft centre line. These forces
those positions with a vertical distance of (L Z). can be calculated as follows:
Then the force can be calculated as:
M xL
ForceZ = MH/L Z [kN] ForceZ, one point = _____
x
LxL
[kN]
Axial Vibrations
When the crank throw is loaded by the gas pres- The socalled QPT (Quick Passage of a barred
sure through the connecting rod mechanism, the speed range Technique), is an alternative to a
arms of the crank throw deflect in the axial direction torsional vibration damper, on a plant equipped
of the crankshaft, exciting axial vibrations. Through with a controllable pitch propeller. The QPT could
the thrust bearing, the system is connected to the be implemented in the governor in order to limit
ship’s hull. the vibratory stresses during the passage of the
barred speed range.
Generally, only zeronode axial vibrations are of
interest. Thus the effect of the additional bending The application of the QPT, option: 4 31 108, has to
stresses in the crankshaft and possible vibrations be decided by the engine maker and MAN Diesel
of the ship`s structure due to the reaction force in based on final torsional vibration calculations.
the thrust bearing are to be considered.
Sixcylinder engines, require special attention.
An axial damper is fitted as standard on all engines, On account of the heavy excitation, the natural
minimising the effects of the axial vibrations, 4 31 111. frequency of the system with one-node vibration
should be situated away from the normal operat-
ing speed range, to avoid its effect. This can be
Torsional Vibrations achieved by changing the masses and/or the stiff-
ness of the system so as to give a much higher, or
The reciprocating and rotating masses of the en- much lower, natural frequency, called undercritical
gine including the crankshaft, the thrust shaft, the or overcritical running, respectively.
intermediate shaft(s), the propeller shaft and the
propeller are for calculation purposes considered Owing to the very large variety of possible shaft-
as a system of rotating masses (inertias) intercon- ing arrangements that may be used in combina-
nected by torsional springs. The gas pressure of tion with a specific engine, only detailed torsional
the engine acts through the connecting rod mech- vibration calculations of the specific plant can
anism with a varying torque on each crank throw, determine whether or not a torsional vibration
exciting torsional vibration in the system with dif- damper is necessary.
ferent frequencies.
Undercritical running
In general, only torsional vibrations with one and
two nodes need to be considered. The main The natural frequency of the one-node vibration
critical order, causing the largest extra stresses is so adjusted that resonance with the main criti-
in the shaft line, is normally the vibration with cal order occurs about 3545% above the engine
order equal to the number of cylinders, i.e., six speed at specified MCR.
cycles per revolution on a six cylinder engine.
This resonance is positioned at the engine speed Such undercritical conditions can be realised by
corresponding to the natural torsional frequency choosing a rigid shaft system, leading to a rela-
divided by the number of cylinders. tively high natural frequency.
The torsional vibration conditions may, for certain The characteristics of an undercritical system are
installations require a torsional vibration damper, normally:
option: 4 31 105. • Relatively short shafting system
• Probably no tuning wheel
Based on our statistics, this need may arise for • Turning wheel with relatively low inertia
the following types of installation: • Large diameters of shafting, enabling the use of
• Plants with controllable pitch propeller shafting material with a moderate ultimate ten-
• Plants with unusual shafting layout and for spe- sile strength, but requiring careful shaft align-
cial owner/yard requirements ment, (due to relatively high bending stiffness)
• Plants with 8cylinder engines. • Without barred speed range
Critical Running
When running undercritical, significant varying Torsional vibrations in overcritical conditions may,
torque at MCR conditions of about 100150% of in special cases, have to be eliminated by the use
the mean torque is to be expected. of a torsional vibration damper.
This torque (propeller torsional amplitude) induces Overcritical layout is normally applied for engines
a significant varying propeller thrust which, under with more than four cylinders.
adverse conditions, might excite annoying longi-
tudinal vibrations on engine/double bottom and/or Please note:
deck house. We do not include any tuning wheel or torsional
vibration damper in the standard scope of supply,
The yard should be aware of this and ensure that as the proper countermeasure has to be found af-
the complete aft body structure of the ship, in- ter torsional vibration calculations for the specific
cluding the double bottom in the engine room, is plant, and after the decision has been taken if and
designed to be able to cope with the described where a barred speed range might be acceptable.
phenomena.
For further information about vibration aspects,
please refer to our publications:
Overcritical running
An Introduction to Vibration Aspects
The natural frequency of the onenode vibration
is so adjusted that resonance with the main criti- Vibration Characteristics of Two-stroke Engines
cal order occurs about 3070% below the engine
speed at specified MCR. Such overcritical con- The publications are available at
ditions can be realised by choosing an elastic www.mandiesel.com under
shaft system, leading to a relatively low natural ‘Quicklinks’ → ‘Technical Papers’
frequency.
sæ 4UNINGæWHEELæMAYæBEæNECESSARYæONæCRANKSHAFTæ
fore end
sæ 4URNINGæWHEELæWITHæRELATIVELYæHIGHæINERTIA
sæ 3HAFTSæWITHæRELATIVELYæSMALLæDIAMETERSæREQUIRINGæ
shafting material with a relatively high ultimate
tensile strength
%XTERNALæ&ORCESæANDæ-OMENTS
4HISæSECTIONæISæAVAILABLEæONæREQUEST
ææç
-!.æ$IESEL
MAN B&W
18
MAN Diesel
-!.æ"7æ
0AGEææOFæ
-ONITORINGæ3YSTEMSæANDæ)NSTRUMENTATION
4HEæ%NGINEæ#ONTROLæ3YSTEMæ%#3 æCANæBEæSUP
PORTEDæBYæTHEæCOMPUTERISEDæ0-)æSYSTEMæANDæ
THEæ#O#O3ç%$3æONçLINEæ#OMPUTERæ#ONTROLLEDæ
3URVEILLANCEç%NGINEæ$IAGNOSTICSæ3YSTEM æBOTHæOFæ
WHICHæHAVEæBEENæINæSERVICEæSINCEæ
4HEæMONITORINGæSYSTEMæMEASURESæTHEæMAINæPARA
METERSæOFæTHEæENGINEæANDæMAKESæANæEVALUATIONæOFæ
THEæGENERALæENGINEæCONDITIONæINDICATINGæTHEæCOUN
TERMEASURESæTOæBEæTAKENæ4HISæENSURESæTHATæTHEæ
ENGINEæPERFORMANCEæISæKEPTæWITHINæTHEæPRESCRIBEDæ
LIMITSæTHROUGHOUTæTHEæENGINESæLIFETIME
)NæITSæBASICæDESIGNæTHEæ-%çENGINEæINSTRUMENTATIONæ
CONSISTSæOF
sæ%NGINEæ#ONTROLæ3YSTEMæ
sæ3HUTçDOWNæSENSORSæOPTIONæææ
sæ0-)æSYSTEMæTYPEæ043æOFFçLINEæOPTIONæææ
4HEæOPTIONALæEXTRASæARE
sæ#O#O3æSYSTEM
æ TYPEæ%$3æONçLINEæOPTIONæææ
!SæMOSTæENGINESæAREæSOLDæFORæ5NATTENDEDæ-ACHIN
ERYæ3PACESæ5-3 æTHEæFOLLOWINGæOPTIONæISæNORMALLYæ
INCLUDED
sæ3ENSORSæFORæALARMæSLOWæDOWNæANDæREMOTEæINDI
CATIONæACCORDINGæTOæTHEæCLASSIlCATIONæSOCIETYSæ
ANDæ-!.æ$IESELSæREQUIREMENTSæFORæ5-3
æ OPTIONææææSEEæ3ECTIONæ
!LLæINSTRUMENTSæAREæIDENTIlEDæBYæAæCOMBINATIONæOFæ
SYMBOLSæANDæAæPOSITIONæNUMBERæASæSHOWNæINæ3EC
TIONæ
0-)æ3YSTEMæ4YPEæ043æ/FFçLINE
0RESSUREæTRANSDUCER
0-)æCONTOLLERæBOX
*UNCTIONæBOX
)NDICATORæCOCK
#YLINDERæCOVER
æ3UPPLY
æ6æ$#æM!
0RINTER
)NTERMEDIATEæBOX
0#
/THERæEQUIPMENT
23 23 &ORE
"RACKETæMOUNTINGæOFæENCODER
!NGLEæENCODER
#ONVERTERæBOX
#/.42/,æ2//- %.').%æ2//-
æ#ABLEæDELIVEREDæBYæ9ARD
ææç
&IGææ0-)æTYPEæ043æOFFçLINEæææ
0-)æ3YSTEMæ4YPEæ/NçLINE
PMI PMI
MasterUnit Slave Unit
Scavenge Air 24V DC
Pressure Sensor Power Supply
Trigger Pulses
SC1 from Crank Angle
Pickup, Angle
Calibration Box Encoder, etc.
CJB
with 8m cable
CA7 Abbreviations:
CA: Charge Amplifier
SC: Signal Conditioner
Cyl.7 Cyl: Engine Cylinder Sensor
CJB: Calibration Junction Box
ææç
&IGææ0-)æTYPEæONçLINEæææ
#O#O3æ3YSTEMS
4HEæ#OMPUTERæ#ONTROLLEDæ3URVEILLANCEæSYSTEMæISæ
THEæFAMILYæNAMEæOFæTHEæSOFTWAREæAPPLICATIONæPROD
UCTSæFROMæTHEæ-!.æ$IESELæGROUP
)NæORDERæTOæOBTAINæANæEASIERæMOREæVERSATILEæANDæ
CONTINUOUSæDIAGNOSTICSæSYSTEMæTHEæ%NGINEæ#ON
TROLæ3YSTEMæANDæTHEæ0-)æ3YSTEMæISæRECOMMENDEDæ
EXTENDEDæBYæTHEæ#O#O3ç%$3æPRODUCTS
#O#O3ç%$3
+EYæFEATURESæAREæONLINEæDATAæLOGGINGæMONITORINGæ
TRENDINGæDIAGNOSTICSæANDæREPORTING
4ABLEææLISTSæTHEæSENSORSæREQUIREDæTOæENABLEæ
ONLINEæDIAGNOSTICSæFORæTHEæ#O#O3ç%$3æOPTIONæ
ææ
#O#O3ç%$3æ3ENSORæ,IST
&UELæOILæSYSTEMæDATA
04æ )NLETæPRESSURE æçææBAR æBAR
4%æ )NLETæTEMPERATURE æçææª# æª#
#OOLINGæWATERæSYSTEM
04æ 0RESSUREæAIRæCOOLERæINLET !# æ
ææBAR æBAR
4%æ 4EMPERATUREæAIRæCOOLERæINLETæ æçææª# æª#
4%æ 4EMPERATUREæAIRæCOOLERæOUTLET !# æçææª# æª#
0$4æ D0æCOOLINGæWATERæACROSSæAIRæCOOLER !# æ
ææMBAR æMBAR
3CAVENGINGæAIRæSYSTEM
04æ 3CAVENGEæAIRæRECEIVERæPRESSURE 2EC æçææBAR æMBAR
4%æ 3CAVENGEæAIRæCOOLERæAIRæINLETæTEMPERATURE !# æçææª# æª#
0$4æ D0æAIRæACROSSæSCAVENGEæAIRæCOOLER !# æçææMBAR æMBAR
0$4æ D0æAIRæACROSSæ4#æAIRæINTAKEælLTER 4# æ
ææMBAR æMBAR
4%æ 3CAVENGEæAIRæCOOLERæAIRæOUTLETæTEMPERATURE !#æ æçææª# æª# /PTIONALæIFæONEæ4#
4%æ 3CAVENGEæAIRæRECEIVERæTEMPERATURE 2EC æçææª# æª#
4%æ 4#æAIRæINTAKEæTEMPERATURE 4# æçææª# æª#
%XHAUSTæGASæSYSTEM
4#æ %XHAUSTæGASæTEMPERATUREæATæTURBINEæINLET 4# æ
ææª# æª#
4#æ %XHAUSTæGASæTEMPERATUREæAFTERæEXHAUSTæVALVE #YL æ
ææª#æ æª#
04æ %XHAUSTæGASæRECEIVERæPRESSURE 2EC æ
ææBAR æBAR
4#æ %XHAUSTæGASæTEMPERATUREæATæTURBINEæOUTLET 4# æ
ææª# æª#
04æ 4URBINEæBACKæPRESSSURE 4# æ
ææMBAR æMBAR
'ENERALæDATA
:4æ 4URBOCHARGERæSPEED 4# RPM æRPM
04æ !MBIENTæPRESSURE æçææMBAR æMBAR !BSOLUTE
:4æ %NGINEæSPEED RPM æRPM
8#æ 'OVERNORæINDEXæRELATIVE æ
n 0OWERæTAKEæOFFINæFROMæMAINæENGINEæSHAFT K7 æK7 7ITHæOPTION
04/04) INSTALLED
0RESSUREæMEASUREMENT
8# -EANæ)NDICATEDæ0RESSUREæ-)0 #YL BAR æBAR
8# -AXIMUMæ0RESSUREæ0MAX #YL BAR æBAR
8# #OMPRESSIONæ0RESSUREæ0COMP #YL BAR æBAR
n 0-)æONLINEæENGINEæSPEED #YL RPM æRPM
æ 3IGNALæACQUIREDæFROMæ%NGINEæ#ONTROLæ3YSTEMæ%#3
æ )NæCASEæOFæ-!.æ$IESELæ0-)æSYSTEMæSIGNALæFROMæ0-)æSYSTEMæ/THERæ-)0æSYSTEMSæSIGNALæFROMæMANUALæINPUT
æ 2ESOLUTIONæOFæSIGNALSæTRANSFERREDæTOæ#O#O3
%$3æFROMæTHEæ!LARMæ-ONITORINGæ3YSTEM
4ABLEææ,ISTæOFæSENSORSæFORæ#O#O3 %$3
!LARMænæ3LOWæ$OWNæANDæ3HUTæ$OWNæ3YSTEM
sæTHEæTEMPERATUREæSENSORSæANDæPRESSUREæSENSORSæ 4HEæNUMBERæOFæSENSORSæTOæBEæAPPLIEDæTOæAæSPECIlCæ
THATæAREæSPECIlEDæINæTHEæ@-!.æ$IESELæCOLUMNæ PLANTæFORæ5-3æISæTHEæSUMæOFæREQUIREMENTSæOFæTHEæ
FORæSHUTæDOWNæINæ4ABLEæ CLASSIlCATIONæSOCIETYæTHEæ"UYERæANDæ-!.æ$IESEL
!LARMæANDæSLOWæDOWNæSYSTEMæDESIGNæANDæSUPPLY 3LOWæDOWNæFUNCTIONS
4HEæBASICæALARMæANDæSLOWæDOWNæSENSORSæFORæAæ 4HEæSLOWæDOWNæFUNCTIONSæAREæDESIGNEDæTOæSAFE
-!.æ$IESELæENGINEæAREæDESIGNEDæFORæ5NATTENDEDæ GUARDæTHEæENGINEæCOMPONENTSæAGAINSTæOVERLOADINGæ
-ACHINERYæ3PACEæ5-3 æANDæCOMPRISES DURINGæNORMALæSERVICEæCONDITIONSæANDæTOæKEEPæTHEæ
SHIPæMANOEUVRABLEæIFæFAULTæCONDITIONSæOCCUR
sæTHEæSENSORSæFORæALARMæANDæSLOWæDOWNæOPTIONææ
æ 4HEæSLOWæDOWNæSEQUENCEæMUSTæBEæADAPTEDæTOæTHEæ
æ ACTUALæPLANTæPARAMETERSæSUCHæASæFORæ&00æORæ#00æ
4HEæSHUTæDOWNæANDæSLOWæDOWNæPANELSæCANæBEæOR
ENGINEæWITHæORæWITHOUTæSHAFTæGENERATORæANDæTOæTHEæ
DEREDæASæOPTIONSæææææææORææææ REQUIREDæOPERATINGæMODE
WHEREASæTHEæALARMæPANELæISæYARDSæSUPPLYæASæITæ
NORMALLYæINCLUDESæSEVERALæOTHERæALARMSæTHANæTHOSEæ
FORæTHEæMAINæENGINE
&ORæPRACTICALæREASONSæTHEæSENSORSæFORæTHEæENGINEæ
ITSELFæAREæNORMALLYæDELIVEREDæFROMæTHEæENGINEæSUP
PLIERæSOæTHEYæCANæBEæWIREDæTOæTERMINALæBOXESæONæ
THEæENGINE
4HEæNUMBERæANDæPOSITIONæOFæTHEæTERMINALæBOXESæ
DEPENDSæONæTHEæDEGREEæOFæDISMANTLINGæSPECIlEDæINæ
THEæ$ISPATCHæ0ATTERNæFORæTHEæTRANSPORTATIONæOFæTHEæ
ENGINEæBASEDæONæTHEæLIFTINGæCAPACITIESæAVAILABLEæATæ
THEæENGINEæMAKERæANDæATæTHEæYARD
'ENERALæOUTLINEæOFæTHEæELECTRICALæSYSTEM
4HEæCLASSIlCATIONæSOCIETIESæPERMITæHAVINGæCOM
MONæSENSORSæFORæSLOWæDOWNæALARMæANDæREMOTEæ
INDICATION
2EQUIREDæBY
2EMOTE "INARYæSENSOR CLASSIFICATIONæ
INDICATION SOCIETYæAND
-!.æ$IESEL
!NALOGæSENSOR
OPTIONæææ
!DDITIONALæSENSORS
"INARYæSENSOR OPTION
ææ
!NALOGæSENSOR OR
ææ
/UTPUTæSIGNALS
3HUTæDOWN
0OWERæSUPPLYæ PANEL
"INARYæSENSORS
)NCLUDEDæIN
OPTIONæææ
!NALOGæSENSORS
0OWERæSUPPLYæ
ææç
&IGææ0ANELSæANDæSENSORSæFORæALARMæANDæSAFETYæSYSTEMS
!LARMSæFORæ5-3ænæ#LASSæANDæ-!.æ$IESELæREQUIREMENTS
-!.æ$IESEL
2).!
)!#3
##3
$.6
!"3
3ENSORæANDæ
.+
+2
23
',
"6
,2
FUNCTION 0OINTæOFæLOCATION
&UELæOIL
04ææ!, &UELæOILæINLETæENGINE
,3ææ!( ,EAKAGEæFROMæHIGHæPRESSUREæPIPES
,UBRICATINGæOIL
4%ææ!( 4HRUSTæBEARINGæSEGMENT
04ææ!, ,UBRICATINGæOILæINLETæTOæMAINæENGINE
4%ææ!( ,UBRICATINGæOILæINLETæTOæMAINæENGINE
4%ææ!( 0ISTONæCOOLINGæOILæOUTLETCYLINDER
&3ææ!, 0ISTONæCOOLINGæOILæOUTLETCYLINDER
4%ææ!( 4URBOCHARGERæLUBRICATINGæOILæOUTLETæFROM
TURBOCHARGERTURBOCHARGER
4%ææ!( -AINæBEARINGæOILæOUTLETæTEMPERATUREMAINæBEARING
3-%
"æONLY
8#ææ!( "EARINGæWEARæ!LLæTYPESæEXCEPTæ3-%
" æSENSORæ
COMMONæFORæ8#æ
83ææ! "EARINGæWEARæDETECTORæFAILUREæ!LLæTYPESæEXCEPTæ3
-%
"
0$3ææ!( ,UBRICATINGæOILæDIFFERENTIALæPRESSUREænæCROSSælLTER
83ææ!( 7ATERæINæLUBRICATINGæOILæSENSORæCOMMONæFORæ83æ
83ææ!( 7ATERæINæLUBRICATINGæOILænæTOOæHIGH
83ææ! 7ATERæINæLUBRICATINGæOILæSENSORæNOTæREADY
-!.æ"7æ!LPHAæ,UBRICATION
,3ææ!, 3MALLæBOXæFORæHEATINGæELEMENTæLOWæLEVEL
æ æ )NDICATESæTHATæTHEæSENSORæISæREQUIRED
æ æ 4HEæSENSORSæINæTHEæ-!.æ$IESELæCOLUMNæAREæINCLUDEDæFORæ5NATTENDEDæ-ACHINERYæ3PACESæ5-3 æOPTIONæææ
æ æ 4HEæSENSORæIDENTIlCATIONæCODESæANDæFUNCTIONSæAREæLISTEDæINæ4ABLEæ
æ æ 4HEæTABLESæAREæLIABLEæTOæCHANGEæWITHOUTæNOTICEæANDæAREæSUBJECTæTOæLATESTæCLASSæREQUIREMENTS
4ABLEæAæ!LARMæFUNCTIONSæFORæ5-3
!LARMSæFORæ5-3ænæ#LASSæANDæ-!.æ$IESELæREQUIREMENTS
-!.æ$IESEL
2).!
)!#3
##3
$.6
!"3
3ENSORæANDæ
.+
+2
23
',
"6
,2
FUNCTION 0OINTæOFæLOCATION
(YDRAULICæ0OWERæ3UPPLY
8#ææ! !UTOMATICæMAINæLUBEæOILælLTERæFAILUREæ"OLLææ+IRCH
#OOLINGæWATER
04ææ!, *ACKETæCOOLINGæWATERæINLET
0$30$4 *ACKETæCOOLINGæWATERæACROSSæENGINEæTOæBEæCALCULATEDæ
ææææææ!, INæALARMæSYSTEMæFROMæSENSORæNOææANDæ
4%ææ!, *ACKETæCOOLINGæWATERæINLET
4%ææ!( *ACKETæCOOLINGæWATERæOUTLETæCYLINDER
04ææ) *ACKETæCOOLINGæWATERæOUTLETæCOMMONæPIPE
04ææ!, #OOLINGæWATERæINLETæAIRæCOOLER
4%ææ!( #OOLINGæWATERæINLETæAIRæCOOLERAIRæCOOLER
#OMPRESSEDæAIR
04ææ!, 3TARTINGæAIRæINLETæTOæMAINæSTARTINGæVALVE
04ææ!, #ONTROLæAIRæINLETæANDælNISHEDæWITHæENGINE
04ææ!, !IRæINLETæTOæAIRæCYLINDERæFORæEXHAUSTæVALVE
3CAVENGEæAIR
03ææ!, 3CAVENGEæAIRæAUXILIARYæBLOWERæFAILUREæ/NLYæ-%
"
4%ææ!( 3CAVENGEæAIRæRECEIVER
4%ææ!( 3CAVENGEæAIRæBOXænælREæALARMæCYLINDERCYLINDER
,3ææ!( 7ATERæMISTæCATCHERænæWATERæLEVEL
æ æ )NDICATESæTHATæTHEæSENSORæISæREQUIRED
æ æ 4HEæSENSORSæINæTHEæ-!.æ$IESELæCOLUMNæAREæINCLUDEDæFORæ5NATTENDEDæ-ACHINERYæ3PACESæ5-3 æOPTIONæææ
æ æ 4HEæSENSORæIDENTIlCATIONæCODESæANDæFUNCTIONSæAREæLISTEDæINæ4ABLEæ
æ æ 4HEæTABLESæAREæLIABLEæTOæCHANGEæWITHOUTæNOTICEæANDæAREæSUBJECTæTOæLATESTæCLASSæREQUIREMENTS
ææ 3ELECTæONEæOFæTHEæALTERNATIVES
ææ !LARMæFORæHIGHæPRESSUREæTOO
ææ !LARMæFORæLOWæPRESSUREæTOO
4ABLEæBæ!LARMæFUNCTIONSæFORæ5-3
!LARMSæFORæ5-3ænæ#LASSæANDæ-!.æ$IESELæREQUIREMENTS
-!.æ$IESEL
2).!
)!#3
##3
$.6
!"3
3ENSORæANDæ
.+
+2
23
',
"6
,2
FUNCTION 0OINTæOFæLOCATION
%XHAUSTæGAS
4#ææ!( %XHAUSTæGASæBEFOREæTURBOCHARGERTURBOCHARGER
4#ææ!( %XHAUSTæGASæAFTERæEXHAUSTæVALVEæCYLINDERCYLINDER
%XHAUSTæGASæOUTLETæTURBOCHARGERTURBOCHARGERæ9ARDSæ
4#ææ!(
SUPPLY
-ISCELLANEOUS
:4ææ!( 4URBOCHARGERæOVERSPEED
74ææ!( 6IBRATIONæOFæTURBOCHARGER
74ææ!( !XIALæVIBRATIONæMONITORæ
83ææ!( /ILæMISTæINæCRANKCASECYLINDERæSENSORæCOMMONæFOR
83æ
83ææ!, /ILæMISTæDETECTORæFAILURE
8#ææ) 3HAFTLINEæEARTHINGæDEVICE
4%ææ!( #YLINDERæLINERæMONITORINGCYLINDERæ
%NGINEæ#ONTROLæ3YSTEM
8#ææ! 0OWERæFAILURE
8#ææ! -%æCOMMONæFAILURE
0OWERæ3UPPLYæ5NITSæTOæ!LARMæ3YSTEM
8#ææ! ,OWæVOLTAGEæ-%æPOWERæSUPPLYæ!
8#ææ! ,OWæVOLTAGEæ-%æPOWERæSUPPLYæ"
8#ææ! %ARTHæFAILUREæ-%æPOWERæSUPPLY
æ æ )NDICATESæTHATæTHEæSENSORæISæREQUIRED
æ æ 4HEæSENSORSæINæTHEæ-!.æ$IESELæCOLUMNæAREæINCLUDEDæFORæ5NATTENDEDæ-ACHINERYæ3PACESæ5-3 æOPTIONæææ
æ æ 4HEæSENSORæIDENTIlCATIONæCODESæANDæFUNCTIONSæAREæLISTEDæINæ4ABLEæ
æ æ 4HEæTABLESæAREæLIABLEæTOæCHANGEæWITHOUTæNOTICEæANDæAREæSUBJECTæTOæLATESTæCLASSæREQUIREMENTS
æ æ -AYæBEæCOMBINEDæWITHæ4#ææ!(æWHEREæTURBOCHARGERæISæMOUNTEDæDIRECTLYæONæTHEæEXHAUSTæMANIFOLD
æ æ 2EQUIREDæFORæ +
-%
#æANDæ+-%æENGINESæWITHææANDææCYLINDERS
æ æ æ 3
-%
#æ3
-%
')æANDæ,
-%
#æENGINESæWITHææANDææCYLINDERS
æ æ æ 3
-%
"æENGINESæWITHææANDææCYLINDERSæMAINLY
æ æ æ &ORæ+-%æ+3
-%
#æANDæ3-%
"æDATAæISæAVAILABLEæONæREQUEST
4ABLEæCæ!LARMæFUNCTIONSæFORæ5-3
3LOWæDOWNæFORæ5-3ænæ#LASSæANDæ-!.æ$IESELæREQUIREMENTS
-!.æ$IESEL
2).!
)!#3
##3
$.6
!"3
3ENSORæANDæ
.+
+2
23
',
"6
,2
FUNCTION 0OINTæOFæLOCATION
4%ææ9( 4HRUSTæBEARINGæSEGMENT
04ææ9, ,UBRICATINGæOILæINLETæTOæMAINæENGINE
4%ææ9( ,UBRICATINGæOILæINLETæTOæMAINæENGINE
4%ææ9( 0ISTONæCOOLINGæOILæOUTLETCYLINDER
&3ææ9, 0ISTONæCOOLINGæOILæOUTLETCYLINDER
4%ææ9( -AINæBEARINGæOILæOUTLETæTEMPERATUREMAINæBEARING
3-%
"æONLY
æ 8#ææ9( "EARINGæWEARæ!LLæEXCEPTæ3-%
" æ
04ææ9, *ACKETæCOOLINGæWATERæINLET
4%ææ9( *ACKETæCOOLINGæWATERæOUTLETæCYLINDERCYLINDER
4%ææ9( 3CAVENGEæAIRæRECEIVER
4%ææ9( 3CAVENGEæAIRæBOXælRE
ALARMæCYLINDERCYLINDER
4#ææ9( %XHAUSTæGASæBEFOREæTURBOCHARGERTURBOCHARGER
4#ææ9( %XHAUSTæGASæAFTERæEXHAUSTæVALVEæCYLINDERCYLINDER
4#ææ9( %XHAUSTæGASæAFTERæEXHAUSTæVALVEæCYLINDERCYLINDER
DEVIATIONæFROMæAVERAGE
74ææ9( !XIALæVIBRATIONæMONITORæ
83ææ9( /ILæMISTæINæCRANKCASECYLINDER
æ æ )NDICATESæTHATæTHEæSENSORæISæREQUIRED
ææ 4HEæSENSORSæINæTHEæ-!.æ$IESELæCOLUMNæAREæINCLUDEDæFORæ5NATTENDEDæ-ACHINERYæ3PACESæ5-3 æOPTIONæææ
ææ 4HEæSENSORæIDENTIlCATIONæCODESæANDæFUNCTIONSæAREæLISTEDæINæ4ABLEæ
ææ 4HEæTABLESæAREæLIABLEæTOæCHANGEæWITHOUTæNOTICEæANDæAREæSUBJECTæTOæLATESTæCLASSæREQUIREMENTS
æ æ 2EQUIREDæFORæ +
-%
#æANDæ+-%æENGINESæWITHææANDææCYLINDERS
ææ æ 3
-%
#æ3
-%
')æANDæ,
-%
#æENGINESæWITHææANDææCYLINDERS
ææ æ 3
-%
"æENGINESæWITHææANDææCYLINDERSæMAINLY
ææ æ &ORæ+-%æ+3
-%
#æANDæ3-%
"æDATAæISæAVAILABLEæONæREQUEST
ææ 3ELECTæONEæOFæTHEæALTERNATIVESæ
æ /RæSHUTæDOWN
ææ /RæALARMæFORæLOWæmOWæ
æ /RæSHUTæDOWN
ææ
4ABLEææ3LOWæDOWNæFUNCTIONSæFORæ5-3
3HUTæDOWNæFORæ!-3æANDæ5-3ænæ#LASSæANDæ-!.æ$IESELæREQUIREMENTS
-!.æ$IESEL
2).!
)!#3
##3
$.6
!"3
3ENSORæANDæ
.+
+2
23
',
"6
,2
FUNCTION 0OINTæOFæLOCATION
0304ææ: ,UBRICATINGæOILæINLETæTOæMAINæENGINEæANDæTHRUST
BEARING
æ :4ææ: %NGINEæOVERSPEED
4%43ææ: 4HRUSTæBEARINGæSEGMENT
0304ææ: *ACKETæCOOLINGæWATERæINLET
83ææ: /ILæMISTæINæCRANKCASECYLINDER
æ æ )NDICATESæTHATæTHEæSENSORæISæREQUIRED
æ æ 4HEæSENSORSæINæTHEæ-!.æ$IESELæCOLUMNæAREæINCLUDEDæFORæ5NATTENDEDæ-ACHINERYæ3PACESæ5-3 æOPTIONæææ
æ æ 4HEæSENSORæIDENTIlCATIONæCODESæANDæFUNCTIONSæAREæLISTEDæINæ4ABLEæ
æ æ 4HEæTABLESæAREæLIABLEæTOæCHANGEæWITHOUTæNOTICEæANDæAREæSUBJECTæTOæLATESTæCLASSæREQUIREMENTS
)NTERNATIONALæ!SSOCIATIONæOFæ#LASSIlCATIONæ3OCIETIES
4HEæMEMBERSæOFæ)!#3æARE
!"3æ !MERICANæ"UREAUæOFæ3HIPPING
"6æ "UREAUæ6ERITAS
##3æ #HINAæ#LASSIlCATIONæ3OCIETY
$.6æ $ETæ.ORSKEæ6ERITASæ
',æ 'ERMANISCHERæ,LOYD
+2æ +OREANæ2EGISTER
,2æ ,LOYDSæ2EGISTER
.+æ .IPPONæ+AIJIæ+YOKAI
2).!æ 2EGISTROæ)TALIANOæ.AVALE
23æ 2USSIANæ-ARITIMEæ2EGISTERæOFæ3HIPPING
ANDæTHEæASSOSIATEDæMEMBERæIS
)23æ )NDIANæ2EGISTERæOFæ3HIPPING
4ABLEææ3HUTæDOWNæFUNCTIONSæFORæ!-3æANDæ5-3æOPTIONæææ
Local Instruments
The basic local instrumentation on the engine, options: 4 70 119 comprises thermometers, pressure gaug-
es and other indicators located on the piping or mounted on panels on the engine. The tables 18.05.01a, b
and c list those as well as sensors for slow down, alarm and remote indication, option: 4 75 127.
Fuel oil
TI 8005 TE 8005 Fuel oil, inlet engine
Lubricating oil
TI 8106 TE 8106 Thrust bearing segment
TE/TS 8107 Thrust bearing segment
TI 8112 TE 8112 Lubricating oil inlet to main engine
TI 8113 TE 8113 Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder
TI 8117 TE 8117 Lubricating oil outlet from turbocharger/turbocharger
(depends on turbocharger design)
TE 8123 Main bearing oil outlet temperature/main bearing (S40/35ME-B9 only)
Scavenge air
TI 8605 TE 8605 Scavenge air before air cooler/air cooler
TI 8608 TE 8608 Scavenge air after air cooler/air cooler
TI 8609 TE 8609 Scavenge air receiver
TE 8610 Scavenge air box – fire alarm, cylinder/cylinder
Lubricating oil
PI 8103 PT 8103 Lubricating oil inlet to turbocharger/turbocharger
PI 8108 PT 8108 Lubricating oil inlet to main engine
PS/PT 8109 Lubricating oil inlet to main engine and thrust bearing
PDS 8140 Lubricating oil differential pressure – cross filter
Compressed air
PI 8501 PT 8501 Starting air inlet to main starting valve
PI 8503 PT 8503 Control air inlet
PT 8505 Air inlet to air cylinder for exhaust valve
Scavenge air
PI 8601 PT 8601 Scavenge air receiver (PI 8601 instrument same as PI 8706)
PDI 8606 PDT 8606 Pressure drop of air across cooler/air cooler
PDT 8607 Pressure drop across blower filter of turbocharger (ABB turbochargers only)
PI 8613 Pressure compressor spiral housing/turbocharger
PDI 8614 Pressure drop across compressor spiral housing
Exhaust gas
PI 8706 Exhaust gas receiver/Exhaust gas outlet turbocharger
Miscellaneous functions
PI 8803 Air inlet for dry cleaning of turbocharger
PI 8804 Water inlet for cleaning of turbocharger
Table 18.05.01b: Local pressure gauges on engine, options: 4 70 119, and remote indication sensors, option: 4 75 127
Fuel oil
LS 8006 Leakage from high pressure pipes
Lubricating oil
FS 8114 Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder
XC 8126 Bearing wear (All types except S40/35ME-B9)
XS 8127 Bearing wear detector failure (All types except S40-35ME-B9)
XS 8150 Water in lubricating oil
XS 8151 Water in lubricating oil – too high
XS 8152 Water in lubricating oil sensor not ready
Scavenge air
LS 8611 Water mist catcher – water level
Miscellaneous functions
ZT 8801 I Turbocharger speed/turbocharger
WI 8812 WT 8812 Axial vibration monitor (For certain engines only, see note in Table 18.04.04)
(WI 8812 instrument is part of the transmitter WT 8812)
XS 8813 Oil mist in crankcase/cylinder
XS 8814 Oil mist detector failure
XC 8816 Shaftline earthing device
Table 18.05.01c: Other indicators on engine, options: 4 70 119, and remote indication sensors, option: 4 75 127
Drain Box for Fuel Oil Leakage Alarm Oil Mist Detector
Any leakage from the fuel oil high pressure pipes The oil mist detector system constantly measures
of any cylinder is drained to a common drain box samples of the atmosphere in the crankcase com-
fitted with a level alarm. This is included for both partments and registers the results on an opti-
Attended Machinery Space (AMS) and Unattend- cal measuring track, where the opacity (degree
ed Machinery Space (UMS). of haziness) is compared with the opacity of the
atmospheric air. If an increased difference is re-
corded, a slow down is activated (a shut down in
Bearing Condition Monitoring case of Germanischer Lloyd).
Based on our experience we decided in 1990 that Furthermore, for shop trials only MAN Diesel re-
all plants, whether constructed for AMS or for quires that the oil mist detector is connected to
UMS, must include an oil mist detector specified the shut down system.
by MAN Diesel. Since then an Oil Mist Detec-
tor (OMD) and optionally some extent of Bearing Four alternative oil mist detectors are available:
Temperature Monitoring (BTM) equipment have
made up the warning arrangements for prevention 4 75 161 Oil mist detector Graviner MK6.
of crankcase explosions on two-stroke engines. Make: Kidde Fire Protection
Both warning systems are approved by the clas- 4 75 163 Oil mist detector Visatron VN 215/93.
sification societies. Make: Schaller Automation
4 75 165 Oil mist detector QMI.
In order to achieve a response to damage faster Make: Quality Monitoring Instruments Ltd.
than possible with Oil Mist Detection and Bearing
Temperature Monitoring alone we introduce Bear- 4 75 166 Oil mist detector MD-SX.
Make: Daihatsu Diesel Mfg. Co., Ltd.
ing Wear Monitoring (BWM) systems. By monitor-
ing the actual bearing wear continuously, mechani- 4 75 167 Oil mist detector Vision III C.
cal damage to the crank-train bearings (main-, Make: Specs Corporation
crank- and crosshead bearings) can be predicted
in time to react and avoid damaging the journal Diagrams of the two of them are shown for refer-
and bearing housing. ence in Figs. 18.06.01a and 18.06.01b.
83ææææ!(ææ9
æ#ABLES *UNCTIONæBOX
$ETECTORæHEAD
178 49 809.3
Fig. 18.06.01a: Oil mist detector pipes on engine, type Graviner MK6 from Kidde Fire Protection (4 75 161)
83ææææ!(ææ9
$RIVINGæAIRæCONNECTION
3IPHONçBLOCK
%XHAUSTæAIRæCONNECTIONæTOæCRANKæSPACE
178 49 810.3
Fig. 18.06.01b: Oil mist detector pipes on engine, type Visatron VN215/93 from Schaller Automation (4 75 163)
The Bearing Wear Monitoring (BWM) system mon- The Bearing Temperature Monitoring (BTM) sys-
itors all three principal crank-train bearings using tem continuously monitors the temperature of the
two proximity sensors forward/aft per cylinder bearing. Some systems measure the temperature
unit and placed inside the frame box. on the backside of the bearing shell directly, other
systems detect it by sampling a small part of the
Targeting the guide shoe bottom ends continu- return oil from each bearing in the crankcase.
ously, the sensors measure the distance to the
crosshead in Bottom Dead Center (BDC). Signals In case a specified temperature is recorded, either
are computed and digitally presented to computer a bearing shell/housing temperature or bearing oil
hardware, from which a useable and easily inter- outlet temperature alarm is triggered.
pretable interface is presented to the user.
In main bearings, the shell/housing temperature
The measuring precision is more than adequate to or the oil outlet temperature is monitored depend-
obtain an alarm well before steel-to-steel contact ing on how the temperature sensor of the BTM
in the bearings occur. Also the long-term stability system, option: 4 75 133, is installed.
of the measurements has shown to be excellent.
In crankpin and crosshead bearings, the shell/
In fact, BWM is expected to provide long-term housing temperature or the oil outlet temperature
wear data at better precision and reliability than is monitored depending on which BTM system is
the manual vertical clearance measurements nor- installed, options: 4 75 134 or 4 75 135.
mally performed by the crew during regular serv-
ice checks. For shell/housing temperature in main, crankpin
and crosshead bearings two high temperature
For the above reasons, we consider unscheduled alarm levels apply. The first level alarm is indi-
open-up inspections of the crank-train bearings to cated in the alarm panel while the second level
be superfluous, given BWM has been installed. activates a slow down.
Two BWM ‘high wear’ alarm levels including devi- For oil outlet temperature in main, crankpin and
ation alarm apply. The first level of the high wear / crosshead bearings two high temperature alarm
deviation alarm is indicated in the alarm panel only levels including deviation alarm apply. The first
while the second level also activates a slow down. level of the high temperature / deviation alarm is
indicated in the alarm panel while the second level
The Extent of Delivery lists four Bearing Wear activates a slow down.
Monitoring options of which the two systems from
Dr. E. Horn and Kongsberg Maritime could also In the Extent of Delivery, there are three options:
include Bearing Temperature Monitoring:
4 75 133 Temperature sensors fitted to main bear-
4 75 142 Bearing Wear Monitoring System XTSW. ings
Make: AMOT 4 75 134 Temperature sensors fitted to main bear-
4 75 143 Bearing Wear Monitoring System BDMS. ings, crankpin bearings, crosshead bear-
Make: Dr. E. Horn ings and for moment compensator, if any
4 75 144 Bearing Wear Monitoring System PS-10. 4 75 135 Temperature sensors fitted to main bear-
Make: Kongsberg Maritime ings, crankpin bearings and crosshead
bearings
4 75 147 Bearing Wear Monitoring System OPEN-
predictor. Make: Rovsing Dynamics
In case the lubricating oil becomes contaminated The Liner Wall Monitoring (LWM) system moni-
with an amount of water exceeding our limit of tors the temperature of each cylinder liner. It is to
0.2%, acute corrosive wear of the crosshead bear- be regarded as a tool providing the engine room
ing overlayer may occur. The higher the water con- crew the possibility to react with appropriate
tent, the faster the wear rate. countermeasures in case the cylinder oil film is
indicating early signs of breakdown.
To prevent water from accumulating in the lube
oil and, thereby, causing damage to the bearings, In doing so, the LWM system can assist the crew
the oil should be monitored manually or automati- in the recognition phase and help avoid conse-
cally by means of a Water In Oil (WIO) monitoring quential scuffing of the cylinder liner and piston
system connected to the engine alarm and moni- rings.
toring system. In case of water contamination
the source should be found and the equipment Signs of oil film breakdown in a cylinder liner
inspected and repaired accordingly. will appear by way of increased and fluctuating
temperatures. Therefore, recording a preset max
The WIO system should trigger an alarm when allowable absolute temperature for the individual
the water content exceeds 0.2%, and preferably cylinder or a max allowed deviation from a calcu-
again when exceeding 0.35% measured as abso- lated average of all sensors will trigger a cylinder
lute water content. liner temperature alarm.
Some WIO systems measure water activity, ie The LWM system includes two sensors placed in
the relative availability of water in a substance the manoeuvring and exhaust side of the liners,
expressed in ‘aw’ on a scale from 0 to 1. Here, ‘0’ near the piston skirt TDC position. The sensors
indicates oil totally free of water and ‘1’ oil fully are interfaced to the ship alarm system which
saturated by water. The correlation to absolute monitors the liner temperatures.
water content in normal running as well as alarm
condition is as follows: For each individual engine, the max and deviation
alarm levels are optimised by monitoring the tem-
Engine condition Abs. water Water perature level of each sensor during normal serv-
content, % activity, aw ice operation and setting the levels accordingly.
High alarm level 0.2 0.5
High High alarm level 0.35 0.9 The temperature data is logged on a PC for one
week at least and preferably for the duration of a
ME, ME-C and ME-GI engines are as standard round trip for reference of temperature develop-
specified with Water In Oil monitoring system. ment.
Please note: Corrosion of the overlayer is a poten- All types 98 and 90 ME and ME-C engines as well
tial problem only for crosshead bearings, because as K80ME-C9 are as standard specified with Liner
only crosshead bearings are designed with an Wall Monitoring system. For all other engines, the
overlayer. Main and crankpin bearings may also LWM system is available as an option: 4 75 136.
suffer irreparable damage from water contamina-
tion, but the damage mechanism would be differ-
ent and not as acute.
#ONTROLæ$EVICES
3ENSOR 0OINTæOFæLOCATION
-ANOEUVRINGæSYSTEM
:3æç!"æ# 4URNINGæGEARænæDISENGAGED
:3æç!"æ# 4URNINGæGEARænæENGAGED
:3æç!"æ# -AINæSTARTINGæVALVEænæBLOCKED
:3æç!"æ# -AINæSTARTINGæVALVEænæINæSERVICE
:6ææ# 3LOWæTURNINGæVALVE
:3æç!"æ# 3TARTæAIRæDISTRIBUTIONæSYSTEMænæINæSERVICE
:3æç!"æ# 3TARTæAIRæDISTRIBUTIONæSYSTEMænæBLOCKED
:6ææ# !CTIVATEæPILOTæPRESSæAIRæTOæSTARTINGæVALVES
:3æç!"æ# !CTIVATEæMAINæSTARTINGæVALVESæ
æOPEN
%æ %LECTRICæMOTORæAUXILIARYæBLOWER
%æ %LECTRICæMOTORæTURNINGæGEAR
%ææ# ,/0æ,OCALæ/PERATORæ0ANELæ
(YDRAULICæPOWERæSUPPLY
04æçæ# (YDRAULICæOILæPRESSUREæAFTERæNON
RETURNæVALVE
:6æç!"æ# &ORCE
DRIVENæPUMPæBY
PASS
0304æçæ# ,UBRICATINGæOILæPRESSUREæAFTERælLTERæSUCTIONæSIDE
4ACHOCRANKSHAFTæPOSITION
:4æ 4ACHOæFORæSAFETY
%NGINEæCYLINDERæCOMPONENTS
8#ææ# %,6!æ.#æVALVE
:4ææ# %XHAUSTæVALVEæPOSITION
:4ææ# &UELæPLUNGERæPOSITIONæ
&UELæOIL
:6ææ: &UELæOILæCUT
OFFæATæENGINEæINLETæSHUTæDOWN æ'ERMANISCHERæ,LOYDæONLY
#YLINDERæLUBRICATINGæOIL
:4ææ# #ONlRMæCYLINDERæLUBRICATORæPISTONæMOVEMENTæCYLCYL
:6ææ# !CTIVATEæCYLINDERæLUBRICATORæCYLCYL
3CAVENGEæAIR
03ææ# 3CAVENGEæAIRæRECEIVERæAUXILIARYæBLOWERæCONTROL
4ABLEææ#ONTROLæDEVICESæONæENGINE
)DENTIlCATIONæOFæ)NSTRUMENTS
19
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 19.01
Page 1 of 2
A: Short distance transportation and short term Lifting tools and lifting instructions are required
storage for all levels of dispatch pattern. The lifting tools,
B: Overseas or long distance transportation or options: 4 12 110 or 4 12 111, are to be specified
long term storage. when ordering and it should be agreed whether
the tools are to be returned to the engine maker,
Short distance transportation (A) is limited by a option: 4 12 120, or not, option: 4 12 121.
duration of a few days from delivery ex works until
installation, or a distance of approximately 1,000 MAN Diesel’s recommendations for preservation
km and short term storage. of disassembled / assembled engines are avail-
able on request.
The duration from engine delivery until installation
must not exceed 8 weeks. Furthermore, it must be considered whether a
drying machine, option: 4 12 601, is to be installed
Dismantling of the engine is limited as much as during the transportation and/or storage period.
possible.
MAN Diesel’s recommendations for shop trial, The wearing parts that, based on our service
quay trial and sea trial are available on request. experience, are estimated to be required, are di-
vided into groups and listed with service hours in
In connection with the shop trial test, it is required Tables 19.08.01 and 19.08.02.
to perform a pre-certification survey on engine
plants with FPP or CPP, options: 4 06 060a Engine
test cycle E3 or 4 06 060b Engine test cycle E2 Large spare parts, dimensions and masses
respectively.
The approximate dimensions and masses of the
larger spare parts are indicated in Section 19.09.
Spare Parts A complete list will be delivered by the engine
maker.
List of spare parts, unrestricted service
MAN Diesel, however, has decided to keep a set The engine is delivered with the necessary special
of spare parts included in the basic extent of de- tools for overhauling purposes. The extent, di-
livery, EoD: 4 87 601, covering the requirements mensions and masses of the main tools is stated
and recommendations of the major classification in Section 19.10. A complete list will be delivered
societies, see Section 19.06. by the engine maker.
Wearing parts
Note: All paints are to be of good quality. Paints according to builder‘s standard may be used provided they at least
fulfil the above requirements.
The data stated are only to be considered as guidelines. Preparation, number of coats, film thickness per coat,
etc. have to be in accordance with the paint manufacturer’s specifications.
178 30 207.4
Dispatch Pattern
A1 + B1
Bottom section
074 27 27-7.0.0a
Fig. 19.03.01: Dispatch pattern, engine with turbocharger on exhaust side (4 59 123)
Bedplate/crankshaft section
074 27 27-7.0.0b
Fig. 19.03.02: Dispatch pattern, engine with turbocharger on exhaust side (4 59 123)
Note
The engine supplier is responsible for the nec-
essary lifting tools and lifting instructions for Frame box section Air cooler box
transportation purposes to the yard. The deliv-
ery extent of lifting tools, ownership and lend/
lease conditions are to be stated in the contract.
(Options: 4 12 120 or 4 12 121)
074 27 27-7.0.0c
Fig. 19.03.03: Dispatch pattern, engine with turbocharger on exhaust side (4 59 123)
$ISPATCHæ0ATTERNæ,ISTæOFæ-ASSESæANDæ$IMENSIONS
4HISæSECTIONæISæAVAILABLEæONæREQUEST
ææ
-!.æ$IESEL
MAN B&W 19.05
Page 1 of 1
Shop Test
The minimum delivery test, EoD: 4 14 001, involves: All marine engines are required by IMO to have
an ‘Engine International Air Pollution Prevention’
• Starting and manoeuvring test at no load (EIAPP) Certificate. Therefore, a pre-certification
• Load test survey is to be carried out for all engines accord-
Engine to be started and run up to 50% of ing to the performance parameters recorded in
Specified MCR (M) in 1 hour the engine’s Unified Technical File (UTF), which is
prepared by MAN Diesel.
Followed by:
The EIAPP certificate documents that the specific
• 0.50 hour running at 25% of specified MCR engine meets the international NOx emission limi-
• 0.50 hour running at 50% of specified MCR tations specified in Regulation 13 of MARPOL An-
• 0.50 hour running at 75% of specified MCR nex VI. The basic engine ‘Economy running mode’,
• 1.00 hour running at 100% of specified MCR EoD: 4 06 060, complies with these limitations.
• 0.50 hour running at 110% of specified MCR
The pre-certification survey for a ‘Parent’ or an
Only for Germanischer Lloyd: ‘Individual’ engine includes NOx measurements
during the delivery test. For ‘Member’ engines, a
• 0.75 hour running at 110% of specified MCR parameter check according to the UTF for the en-
gine group, based on the delivery test, is needed.
Governor tests, etc:
The tests, if required, are:
• Governor test
• Minimum speed test • E3, marine engine, propeller law for FPP, option:
• Overspeed test 4 06 060a
• Shut down test or
• Starting and reversing test • E2, marine engine, constant speed for CPP, op-
• Turning gear blocking device test tion: 4 06 060b.
• Start, stop and reversing from the Local
Operating Panel (LOP) For further information and options regarding
shop test, see Extent of Delivery.
Before leaving the factory, the engine is to be
carefully tested on diesel oil in the presence of
representatives of Yard, Shipowner, Classification
Society, and MAN Diesel.
1 Cylinder liner inclusive of sealing rings and 2 Exhaust valves complete. 1 only for GL
gaskets. 1 Highpressure pipe from actuator to exhaust valve
1 Exhaust valve position sensor
Cylinder lubricating oil system, plate 903 1)
Fuel valve, plate 909
1 set Spares for lubricating oil system for 1 cyl.
1 set Fuel valves for all cylinders on one engine for BV,
2 Lubricator backup cable
CCS, DNV, GL, KR, NK, RINA, RS and IACS
1 set Fuel valves for half the number of cylinders on
Connecting rod, and crosshead bearing, plate 904
the engine for ABS
1 Telescopic pipe with bushing for 1 cylinder 1 Highpressure pipe, from fuel oil pressure
1 Crankpin bearing shells in 2/2 with studs and nuts booster to fuel valve
1 Crosshead bearing shell lower part with studs
and nuts Turbocharger, plate 910
2 Thrust pieces 1 Set of maker’s standard spare parts
1 a) Spare rotor for one turbocharger, including
Thrust block, plate 905 compressor wheel, rotor shaft with turbine
1 set Thrust pads for ‘ahead’ blades and partition wall, if any
For NK also one set ‘astern’ if different from
‘ahead’ Scavenge air blower, plate 910
1 set Rotor, rotor shaft, gear wheel or equivalent
HPS Hydraulic Power Supply, plate 906 1 and 2) working parts
1 Proportional valve for hydraulic pumps 1 set Bearings for electric motor
1 Leak indicator 1 set Bearing for blower wheel
1 Safety coupling for hydraulic pump 1 Belt, if applied
1 Accumulator 1 set Packing for blower wheel
6 Chain links. Only for ABS, LR and NK
1 set Flex pipes, one of each size Bedplate, plate 912
1 Electric motor 1 Main bearing shell in 2/2 of each size
1 set Studs and nuts for 1 main bearing
Engine control system, plate 906 2)
1
1 Multi Purpose Controller ) MD required spare parts.
1 Amplifier for Auxiliary Control Unit 2
) All spare parts are requested by all Classes.
1 Position Amplifier
1 Trigger sensor for tacho system, only if a) Only required for RS. To be ordered separately as
trigger ring option: 4 87 660 for other classification societies.
1 Marker sensor for tacho system
1 Tacho signal amplifier Please note: Plate number refers to Instruction Book,
1 IDkey Vol. III containing plates with spare parts
Additional Spares
Beyond class requirements or recommendation, for easier maintenance and increased security in operation.
Cylinder cover, section 90101 Cylinder Lubricating Oil System, section 90306
4 Studs for exhaust valve 1 set Spares for MAN B&W Alpha lubricating oil
4 Nuts for exhaust valve system for 1cyl.
½ set Orings for cooling jacket 1 Lubricator
1 Cooling jacket 2 Feed back sensor, complete
½ set Sealing between cylinder cover and liner 1 Complete sets of Orings for lubricator
4 Spring housings for fuel valve (depending on number of lubricating nozzles
per cylinder)
Hydraulic tool for cylinder cover, section 90161
1 set Hydraulic hoses with protection hose Connecting rod and crosshead, section 90401
complete with couplings 1 Telescopic pipe
8 pcs Orings with backup rings, upper 2 Thrust piece
8 pcs Orings with backup rings, lower
HPS Hydaulic Power Supply, section 906
Piston and piston rod, section 90201 1 Delivery pump
1 box Locking wire, L=63 m 1 Start up pump
5 Piston rings of each kind 1 Pressure relief valve
2 Drings for piston skirt 1 Pumps short cutting valve
2 Drings for piston rod 1 set Check valve Cartridge (3 pcs)
Piston rod stuffing box, section 90205 Engine Control System, section 906
15 Self-locking nuts 1 set Fuses for MPC, TSA, CNR
5 Orings 1 Segment for triggerring
5 Top scraper rings
15 Pack sealing rings HCU Hydraulic Cylinder Unit, section 906
10 Cover sealing rings 1 set Packings
120 Lamellas for scraper rings
30 Springs for top scraper and sealing rings Main starting valve, section 90702
20 Springs for scraper rings 1 Repair kit for main actuator
1 Repair kit for main ball valve
Cylinder frame, section 90301 1 *) Repair kit for actuator, slow turning
½ set Studs for cylinder cover for one cyl. 1 *) Repair kit for ball valve, slow turning
1 Bushing
*) if fitted
Cylinder liner and cooling jacket, section 90302
1 Cooling jacket of each kind Starting valve, section 90704
4 Non return valves 2 Locking plates
1 set Orings for one cylinder liner 2 Piston
½ set Gaskets for cooling water connection 2 Spring
½ set Orings for cooling water pipes 2 Bushing
1 set Cooling water pipes between liner and cover 1 set Oring
for one cylinder 1 Valve spindle
Fig. 19.07.01a: Additional spare parts beyond class requirements or recommendation, option: 4 87 603
Exhaust valve, section 90801 Fuel oil high pressure pipes, section 90913
1 Exhaust valve spindle 1 High pressure pipe, from fuel oil pressure
1 Exhaust valve seat booster to fuel valve
½ set Oring exhaust valve/cylinder cover 1 High pressure pipe from actuator to exhaust
4 Piston rings valve
½ set Guide rings 1 set Orings for high pressure pipes
½ set Sealing rings
½ set Safety valves Overflow valve, section 90915
1 set Gaskets and Orings for safety valve 1 Overflow valve, complete
1 Piston complete 1 Orings of each kind
1 Damper piston
1 set Orings and sealings between air piston and Turbocharger, section 91000
exhaust valve housing/spindle 1 Spare rotor, complete with bearings
1 Liner for spindle guide 1 Spare part set for turbocharger
1 set Gaskets and Orings for cooling water
connection Scavenge air receiver, section 91001
1 Conical ring in 2/2 2 Nonreturn valves complete
1 set Orings for spindle/air piston 1 Compensator
1 set Nonreturn valve
Exhaust pipes and receiver, section 91003
Exhaust valve, section 90802 1 Compensator between TC and receiver
1 Sealing oil control unit 2 Compensator between exhaust valve and re-
ceiver
Exhaust valve actuator, section 90805 1 set Gaskets for each compensator
1 Hydraulic exhaust valve actuator complete for
1 cylinder Air cooler, section 91005
1 Electronic exhaust valve control valve 16 Iron blocks (Corrosion blocks)
Note: Section numbers refer to Instruction Book, Vol. III containing plates with spare parts
Fig. 19.07.01b: Additional spare parts beyond class requirements or recommendation, option: 4 87 603
7EARINGæPARTS
4HEæWEARINGæPARTSæAREæDIVIDEDæINTOææGROUPSæEACHæIN
)NæORDERæTOælNDæTHEæEXPECTEDæCONSUMPTIONæOFæSPAREæ
CLUDINGæTHEæCOMPONENTSæSTATEDæINæ4ABLEæ! PARTS
4HEæAVERAGEæEXPECTEDæCONSUMPTIONæOFæSPAREæPARTSæISæ -ULTIPLYæTHEæQUANTITYæSTATEDæINæ4ABLEæ!æWITHæTHEæFACTORæINæ
STATEDæINæ4ABLEæ"æFORæææææYEARSæSERVICEæOFæAæNEWæ 4ABLEæ"æFORæAæGIVENæNUMBERæOFæSERVICEæHOURS
ENGINEæAæSERVICEæYEARæBEINGæASSUMEDæTOæBEæOFææ
HOURS
4ABLEæ!
'ROUPæ.O 3ECTION 1UANTITY $ESCRIPTIONS
SET /çRINGSæANDæGASKETSæFORææCYLINDER
SET 3PRINGæHOUSINGæCOMPLETEæFORææCYLINDER
SET )NDICATORæVALVESæ/çRINGSæANDæGASKETSæFORææCYLINDER
SET /çRINGæ7ææ"ACKçUPæRINGææFORææCYLINDER
SET (OSEæWITHæUNIONæFORææCYLINDER
BOXæ ,OCKINGæWIREæ--æ,
SET 0ISTONæRINGSæFORææCYLINDER
SET /çRINGSææFORææCYLINDER
SET /çRINGSææFORææCYLINDER
SET ,AMELLAæRINGSææFORææCYLINDER
SET 4OPæSCRAPERæRINGSææFORææCYLINDER
SET 0ACKæ3EALINGæRINGSææFORææCYLINDER
SET #OVERæ3EALINGæRINGSææFORææCYLINDERæ
SET 3PRINGSæOFæEACHæKINDæFORææCYLINDER
SET /çRINGSææ3EALINGæRINGSææFORææ#YLINDERæLINER
SET /çRINGSæ0ACKINGSæANDæ'ASKETSæFORæCOOLINGæWATERæCONNECTIONS
PCS #YLINDERæLINER
PCS 0ISTONæCLEANINGæRINGæIFæ-OUNTED
ç SET 0ACKINGSæANDæ'ASKETSæFORææ%NGINE
SET 2EPAIRæ+ITæFORæEACHæTYPEæOFæVALVEæFORææ%NGINE
SET /çRINGSæ0ACKINGSæANDæ'ASKETSæFORææ%NGINE
SET %XHAUSTæVALVEæSPINDLEæFORææ%NGINE
SET %XHAUSTæVALVEæ7çBOTTOMæPIECEæFORææ%NGINE
SET 0ISTONæRINGSæFORæEXHAUSTæVALVEæAIRæPISTONæANDæOILæPISTONæFORææ%NGINEæ
SET /çRINGSæFORæWATERæCONNECTIONSæFORææ%NGINEæ
SET 'ASKETæFORæCOOLINGæFORæWATERæCONNECTIONSæFORææ%NGINEæ
SET /çRINGSæFORæOILæCONNECTIONSæFORææ%NGINE
PCS 3PINDLEæGUIDE
PCS !IRæSEALINGæRING
SET 'UIDEæSEALINGæRINGSæ
SET /çRINGSæFORæBOTTOMæPIECEæFORææ%NGINEæ
SET &UELæVALVEæNOZZLEæFORææCYLINDER
SET 3PINDLEæGUIDEæCOMPLETEæANDæNONçRETURNæVALVEæFORææCYLINDER
SET /çRINGSæFORææCYLINDER
SET 0LUNGERæANDæHOUSINGæFORæFUELæOILæBOOSTERæFORææ%NGINE
SET 3UCTIONæVALVEæCOMPLETEæFORææ#YLINDER
SET 3EALINGæRINGSæ/çRINGSæANDæ'ASKETSæFORææCYLINDER
3LIDEæBEARINGæFORæTURBOCHARGERæFORææENGINEææææROLLERæBEARINGS
'UIDEæBEARINGæFORæTURBOCHARGERæFORææENGINEææROLLERæBEARINGS
3LIDEæBEARINGæFORæTURBOCHARGERæFORææENGINEææææSLIDEæBEARINGS
'UIDEæBEARINGæFORæTURBOCHARGERæFORææENGINEææSLIDEæBEARINGS
.OTEæ3ECTIONæNUMBERSæREFERSæTOæ)NSTRUCTIONæ"OOKæ6OLæ)))æCONTAININGæPLATESæWITHæSPAREæPARTS
&IGææ4ABLEæ!
4ABLEæ"
3ERVICEæHOURS ç ç ç ç ç ç ç ç ç ç
'ROUP 3ECTION
.O .O $ESCRIPTION &ACTORæFORæNUMBERæOFæCYLINDERS
/çRINGSæANDæGASKETS
3PRINGæHOUSING
0ACKINGæANDæ'ASKETS
/çRINGæ7ææ"ACKçUPæRING
(OSEæWITHæUNION
3ETæOFæPISTONæRINGS
3TæBOXæLAMELLAææSEALINGæRINGS
/çRINGSææ3EALINGæRINGSæ#YLæLINER
#YLINDERæLINERS
"EARINGæ3HELLSæANDæ'UIDEæ$ISC
ç 0ACKINGSæANDæ'ASKETS
2EPAIRæ+ITæFORæEACHæTYPEæOFæVALVE
/çRINGSæ0ACKINGSæANDæ'ASKETS
%XHAUSTæVALVEæSPINDLESææ
BOTTOMæPIECES
%XHAUSTæVALVEæGUIDEæBUSHINGS æ
/çRINGSæFORæEXHAUSTæVALVE
&UELæVALVEæGUIDESæANDæNOZZLES
0LUNGERæANDæHOUSINGæFORæFUELæ
OILæBOOSTER
3UCTIONPUNCTUREæVALVESæ
3EALINGæRINGSæ
ANDæ'ASKETSæ
3ETæBEARINGSæPERæ4#æ
æSET æSET æSET æSET æSET æSET æSET æSET
ROLLERæBEARINGS æ
3ETæBEARINGSæPERæ4#æ
æSET æSET æSET æSET æSET æSET æSET
SLIDEæBEARINGS æ
æ.OTæDEPENDINGæONæNUMBERæOFæCYLINDERS
.OTE
3ECTIONæNUMBERSæREFERSæTOæ)NSTRUCTIONæ"OOKæ6OLæ)))æCONTAININGæPLATESæWITHæSPAREæPARTS
&IGææ4ABLEæ"
,ARGEæSPAREæPARTSæDIMENSIONSæANDæMASSES
! !
"
"
#
# ! $
"
$ # %
"
!
" !
ææç
æ-ASS $IMENSIONSæMM
ææ0OS 3ECæææææ$ESCRIPTIONæææææ
ææKG ! " # $ %
#YLINDERæLINERæINCLæCOOLINGæJACKET
%XHAUSTæVALVE
0ISTONæCOMPLETEæWITHæPISTONæROD
#YLINDERæCOVERæINCLæVALVES
2OTORæFORæTURBOCHARGERæ4#!æ
2OTORæFORæTURBOCHARGERæ4#!æ
2OTORæFORæTURBOCHARGERæ-%4-!
2OTORæFORæTURBOCHARGERæ-%4-!
2OTORæFORæTURBOCHARGERæ-%4-!
2OTORæFORæTURBOCHARGERæ40,
"
2OTORæFORæTURBOCHARGERæ40,
"
2OTORæFORæTURBOCHARGERæ40,
"
&IGææ,ARGEæSPAREæPARTSæDIMENSIONSæANDæMASSES
198 64 51-9.0
MAN Diesel
-!.æ"7æ
0AGEææOFæ
4OOLæ0ANELS
4HISæSECTIONæISæAVAILABLEæONæREQUEST
ææ
-!.æ$IESEL
MAN B&W
20
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 20.01
Page 1 of 1
The selection of the ideal propulsion plant for a After selecting the engine type on the basis of
specific newbuilding is a comprehensive task. this general information, and after making sure
However, as this selection is a key factor for the that the engine fits into the ship’s design, then a
profitability of the ship, it is of the utmost impor- more detailed project can be carried out based
tance for the enduser that the right choice is made. on the ‘Project Guide’ for the specific engine type
selected.
MAN Diesel is able to provide a wide variety of
support for the shipping and shipbuilding indus-
tries all over the world. Project Guides
The knowledge accumulated over many decades For each engine type of MC or ME design a
by MAN Diesel covering such fields as the selec- ‘Project Guide’ has been prepared, describing the
tion of the best propulsion machinery, optimisa- general technical features of that specific engine
tion of the engine installation, choice and suit- type, and also including some optional features
ability of a Power Take Off for a specific project, and equipment.
vibration aspects, environmental control etc., is
available to shipowners, shipbuilders and ship de- The information is general, and some deviations
signers alike. may appear in a final engine documentation, de-
pending on the content specified in the contract
Part of this information can be found in the follow- and on the individual licensee supplying the en-
ing documentation: gine. The Project Guides comprise an extension
of the general information in the Engine Selection
• Installation Drawings Guide, as well as specific information on such
• CEAS - Engine Room Dimensioning subjects as:
• Project Guides
• Extent of Delivery (EOD) • Engine Design
• Technical Papers • Engine Layout and Load Diagrams, SFOC
• Turbocharger Selection & Exhaust Gas Bypass
The publications are available at: • Electricity Production
www.mandiesel.com → ‘Marine’ → ‘Low Speed’ • Installation Aspects
• List of Capacities: Pumps, Coolers & Exhaust Gas
• Fuel Oil
Engine Selection Guides • Lubricating Oil
• Cylinder Lubrication
The ‘Engine Selection Guides’ are intended as a • Piston Rod Stuffing Box Drain Oil
tool to provide assistance at the very initial stage • Central Cooling Water System
of the project work. The guides give a general • Seawater Cooling
view of the MAN B&W twostroke Programme for • Starting and Control Air
MC as well as for ME engines and include infor- • Scavenge Air
mation on the following subjects: • Exhaust Gas
• Engine Control System
• Engine data • Vibration Aspects
• Engine layout and load diagrams • Monitoring Systems and Instrumentation
specific fuel oil consumption • Dispatch Pattern, Testing, Spares and Tools
• Turbocharger selection • Project Support and Documentation.
• Electricity production, including power take off
• Installation aspects
• Auxiliary systems
• Vibration aspects.
Extent of Delivery
This includes:
Installation Documentation
The engine layout drawings in volume ‘B’ will, in Main Section 923 Engine Control System
each case, be customised according to the buy- Engine Control System, description
er’s requirements and the engine manufacturer’s Engine Control System, diagrams
production facilities. The documentation will be Pneumatic system
forwarded, as soon as it is ready, normally within Speed correlation to telegraph
36 months from order. List of components
Sequence diagram
As MAN Diesel and most of our licensees are us-
ing computerised drawings UniGraphics, Cadam Main Section 924 Oil mist detector
and TIFF format, the documentation forwarded Oil mist detector
will normally be in size A4 or A3. The maximum
size available is A1. Main Section 925 Control equipment for
auxiliary blower
The drawings of volume ‘A’ are available on CD Electric wiring diagram
ROM. Auxiliary blower
Starter for electric motors
The following list is intended to show an example
of such a set of Installation Documentation, but Main Section 932 Shaft line
the extent may vary from order to order. Crankshaft driving end
Fitted bolts
Main Section 917 Engine room crane Main Section 931 Top bracing of engine
Engine room crane capacity, overhauling space Top bracing outline
Top bracing arrangement
Main Section 918 Torsiograph arrangement Frictionmaterials
Torsiograph arrangement Top bracing instructions
Top bracing forces
Main Section 919 Shaft earthing device Top bracing tension data
Earthing device
Main Section 932 Shaft line
Main Section 920 Fire extinguishing in Static thrust shaft load
scavenge air space Fitted bolt
Fire extinguishing in scavenge air space
Main Section 933 Power TakeOff
Main Section 921 Instrumentation List of capacities
Axial vibration monitor PTO/RCF arrangement, if fitted
Main Section 926 Engine seating Main Section 936 Spare parts dimensions
Profile of engine seating Connecting rod studs
Epoxy chocks Cooling jacket
Alignment screws Crankpin bearing shell
Crosshead bearing
Main Section 927 Holdingdown bolts Cylinder cover stud
Holdingdown bolt Cylinder cover
Round nut Cylinder liner
Distance pipe Exhaust valve
Spherical washer Exhaust valve bottom piece
Spherical nut Exhaust valve spindle
Assembly of holdingdown bolt Exhaust valve studs
Protecting cap Fuel valve
Arrangement of holdingdown bolts Main bearing shell
Main bearing studs
Main Section 928 Supporting chocks Piston complete
Supporting chocks Starting valve
Securing of supporting chocks Telescope pipe
Thrust block segment
Main Section 929 Side chocks Turbocharger rotor
Side chocks
Liner for side chocks, starboard Main Section 940 Gaskets, sealings, Orings
Liner for side chocks, port side Gaskets, sealings, Orings
Main Section 930 End chocks Main Section 949 Material sheets
Stud for end chock bolt MAN B&W Standard Sheets Nos:
End chock
Round nut S19R
Spherical washer, concave S45R
Spherical washer, convex S25Cr1
Assembly of end chock bolt S34Cr1R
Liner for end chock C4
Protecting cap
Appendix
A
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Appendix A
Page 1 of 3
1.2 Pipe with indication of direction of flow 2.16 Bulkhead crossing, nonwatertight
1.3 Valves, gate valves, cocks and flaps 2.17 Pipe going upwards
2 Pipes and pipe joints 3 Valves, gate valves, cocks and flaps
2.5 Expansion pipe (corrugated) general 3.5 Nonreturn valve (flap), angle
The symbols used are in accordance with ISO/R 5381967, except symbol No. 2.19
178 30 614.1
OCPFKGUGNERJ"OCPFKGUGNEQO
YYYOCPFKGUGNVWTDQEQO
&-%QRGPJCIGP58
2JQPG
(CZ
/#0&KGUGN6WTDQ
6GINJQNOUICFG
&GPOCTM